Merged from the latest developing branch.
[MacVim.git] / src / screen.c
blob6d408eb925acbb487bb6eb4e71a20ba6065f5272
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts
15 * that changed.
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands).
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes.
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[]
21 * for each line.
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line.
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form
25 * one character which occupies two display cells.
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0. When the
29 * character occupies two display cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0.
30 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters
31 * (drawn on top of the first character). They are 0 when not used.
32 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the
33 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character).
35 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating
36 * ScreenLines[].
38 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines.
39 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be
40 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed.
42 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with:
43 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window)
44 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line)
45 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window),
46 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line)
48 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take
49 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is
50 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed.
52 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call
53 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and
54 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen()
55 * later.
57 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or
58 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating
59 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each
60 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change
61 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for
62 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting.
64 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or
65 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold
66 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window
67 * redisplayed by update_screen() later.
69 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop')
70 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the
71 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later.
73 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call
74 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling
75 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not
76 * change, use NOT_VALID then.
78 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID).
79 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible.
81 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call
82 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR).
84 * Things that are handled indirectly:
85 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and
86 * update_screen() called to redraw.
89 #include "vim.h"
92 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen.
94 static int screen_attr = 0;
97 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position.
98 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char().
100 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */
102 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
103 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */
104 #endif
106 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
107 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */
108 #endif
111 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes).
113 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine;
115 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp));
116 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl));
117 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
118 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row));
119 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum));
120 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr));
121 #endif
122 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange));
123 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols));
124 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
125 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag));
126 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl))
127 #else
128 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width));
129 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c))
130 #endif
131 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
132 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row));
133 #endif
134 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
135 static void redraw_custum_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp));
136 #endif
137 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
138 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0
139 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void));
140 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void));
141 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum));
142 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol));
143 #endif
144 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr));
145 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
147 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col));
148 #endif
149 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void));
150 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
151 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width));
152 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
153 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp));
154 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp));
155 #endif
156 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del));
157 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp));
158 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void));
159 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
160 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void));
161 #endif
162 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
163 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin));
164 #endif
165 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
166 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr));
167 #endif
168 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
169 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler));
170 #endif
171 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
172 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always));
173 #endif
175 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
176 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */
177 static int screen_char_attr = 0;
178 #endif
181 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type).
182 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value.
183 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing.
185 void
186 redraw_later(type)
187 int type;
189 redraw_win_later(curwin, type);
192 void
193 redraw_win_later(wp, type)
194 win_T *wp;
195 int type;
197 if (wp->w_redr_type < type)
199 wp->w_redr_type = type;
200 if (type >= NOT_VALID)
201 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
202 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */
203 must_redraw = type;
208 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used
209 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen.
211 void
212 redraw_later_clear()
214 redraw_all_later(CLEAR);
215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
216 if (gui.in_use)
217 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in
218 * gui_stop_highlight(). */
219 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1;
220 else
221 #endif
222 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */
223 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE;
227 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later.
229 void
230 redraw_all_later(type)
231 int type;
233 win_T *wp;
235 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
237 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
242 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later.
244 void
245 redraw_curbuf_later(type)
246 int type;
248 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type);
251 void
252 redraw_buf_later(buf, type)
253 buf_T *buf;
254 int type;
256 win_T *wp;
258 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
260 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
261 redraw_win_later(wp, type);
266 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that
267 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn.
268 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line.
269 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command.
270 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot
271 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn.
273 /*ARGSUSED*/
274 void
275 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid)
276 linenr_T lnum;
277 int invalid; /* window line height is invalid now */
279 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
280 int i;
281 #endif
283 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum)
284 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum;
285 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
286 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
287 redraw_later(VALID);
289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
290 if (invalid)
292 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */
293 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum);
294 if (i >= 0)
295 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
297 #endif
301 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer
303 void
304 update_curbuf(type)
305 int type;
307 redraw_curbuf_later(type);
308 update_screen(type);
312 * update_screen()
314 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull
315 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline.
317 void
318 update_screen(type)
319 int type;
321 win_T *wp;
322 static int did_intro = FALSE;
323 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
324 int did_one;
325 #endif
327 if (!screen_valid(TRUE))
328 return;
330 if (must_redraw)
332 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */
333 type = must_redraw;
335 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird
336 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous
337 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a
338 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */
339 must_redraw = 0;
342 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */
343 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID)
344 type = NOT_VALID;
346 if (!redrawing())
348 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */
349 must_redraw = type;
350 if (type > INVERTED_ALL)
351 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */
352 return;
355 updating_screen = TRUE;
356 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
357 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of
358 * display updating */
359 #endif
362 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down
364 if (msg_scrolled)
366 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
367 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */
368 type = CLEAR;
369 else if (type != CLEAR)
371 check_for_delay(FALSE);
372 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
373 type = CLEAR;
374 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
376 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled)
378 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled
379 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP
380 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0
381 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
383 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp);
384 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP;
386 else
388 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
389 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
390 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp)
391 <= msg_scrolled)
392 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
393 #endif
397 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
398 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
399 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
400 #endif
402 msg_scrolled = 0;
403 need_wait_return = FALSE;
406 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */
407 compute_cmdrow();
409 /* Check for changed highlighting */
410 if (need_highlight_changed)
411 highlight_changed();
413 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */
415 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
416 type = NOT_VALID;
419 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */
420 check_for_delay(FALSE);
422 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
423 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
424 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID
425 && curwin->w_nrwidth != (curwin->w_p_nu ? number_width(curwin) : 0))
426 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID;
427 #endif
430 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do.
432 if (type == INVERTED)
433 update_curswant();
434 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type
435 && !((type == VALID
436 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid
437 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
438 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill
439 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill
440 #endif
441 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
442 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
443 || (type == INVERTED
444 && VIsual_active
445 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
446 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode
447 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL)
448 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant)
449 #endif
451 curwin->w_redr_type = type;
453 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
454 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
455 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID)
456 draw_tabline();
457 #endif
459 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
461 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed
462 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once.
464 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
466 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set)
468 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
469 win_T *wwp;
471 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */
472 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next)
473 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer)
474 break;
475 # endif
476 if (
477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
478 wwp == wp &&
479 # endif
480 syntax_present(wp->w_buffer))
481 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer);
484 #endif
487 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need
488 * it.
490 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
491 did_one = FALSE;
492 #endif
493 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
494 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
495 #endif
496 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
498 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
500 cursor_off();
501 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD)
502 if (!did_one)
504 did_one = TRUE;
505 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
506 start_search_hl();
507 # endif
508 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
509 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
510 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
511 clip_update_selection();
512 # endif
513 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
514 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because
515 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under
516 * it. */
517 if (gui.in_use)
518 gui_undraw_cursor();
519 #endif
521 #endif
522 win_update(wp);
525 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
526 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */
527 if (wp->w_redr_status)
529 cursor_off();
530 win_redr_status(wp);
532 #endif
534 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
535 end_search_hl();
536 #endif
538 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
539 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster
540 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */
541 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
542 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE;
543 #else
544 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
545 #endif
547 updating_screen = FALSE;
548 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
549 gui_may_resize_shell();
550 #endif
552 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may
553 * mess up the command line. */
554 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
555 showmode();
557 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */
558 if (!did_intro && bufempty()
559 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL
560 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
561 && firstwin->w_next == NULL
562 #endif
563 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL)
564 intro_message(FALSE);
565 did_intro = TRUE;
567 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
568 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
569 * done. */
570 if (gui.in_use)
572 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
573 if (did_one)
574 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
575 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
577 #endif
580 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI)
581 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void));
582 static void update_finish __ARGS((void));
585 * Prepare for updating one or more windows.
587 static void
588 update_prepare()
590 cursor_off();
591 updating_screen = TRUE;
592 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
593 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may
594 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */
595 if (gui.in_use)
596 gui_undraw_cursor();
597 #endif
598 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
599 start_search_hl();
600 #endif
604 * Finish updating one or more windows.
606 static void
607 update_finish()
609 if (redraw_cmdline)
610 showmode();
612 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
613 end_search_hl();
614 # endif
616 updating_screen = FALSE;
618 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
619 gui_may_resize_shell();
621 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is
622 * done. */
623 if (gui.in_use)
625 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */
626 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
627 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE);
629 # endif
631 #endif
633 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
634 void
635 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum)
636 buf_T *buf;
637 linenr_T lnum;
639 win_T *wp;
640 int doit = FALSE;
642 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
643 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
644 # endif
646 /* update/delete a specific mark */
647 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
649 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0)
651 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline
652 && lnum < wp->w_botline)
654 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum)
655 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum;
656 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum)
657 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum;
658 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
661 else
662 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
663 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
664 doit = TRUE;
667 if (!doit)
668 return;
670 /* update all windows that need updating */
671 update_prepare();
673 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
674 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
676 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0)
677 win_update(wp);
678 if (wp->w_redr_status)
679 win_redr_status(wp);
681 # else
682 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0)
683 win_update(curwin);
684 # endif
686 update_finish();
688 #endif
691 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
693 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg.
694 * Used for the GUI scrollbar.
696 void
697 updateWindow(wp)
698 win_T *wp;
700 update_prepare();
702 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
703 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */
704 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel())
705 clip_update_selection();
706 #endif
708 win_update(wp);
710 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
711 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */
712 if (redraw_tabline)
713 draw_tabline();
715 if (wp->w_redr_status
716 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
717 || p_ru
718 # endif
719 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
720 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL
721 # endif
723 win_redr_status(wp);
724 #endif
726 update_finish();
728 #endif
731 * Update a single window.
733 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the
734 * screen or scrolling lines).
736 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also
737 * implies the one below it.
738 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window
739 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible
740 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID
741 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area
742 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area
743 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline
744 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down
745 * 3. redraw changed text:
746 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between
747 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot.
748 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between
749 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot.
750 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid.
751 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom.
752 * This results in three areas that may need updating:
753 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down)
754 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text)
755 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up)
757 static void
758 win_update(wp)
759 win_T *wp;
761 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer;
762 int type;
763 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs
764 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */
765 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs
766 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */
767 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs
768 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */
769 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs
770 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */
771 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
772 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when
773 w_topline got smaller a bit */
774 #endif
775 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
776 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
777 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */
778 #endif
780 int row; /* current window row to display */
781 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */
782 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */
783 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */
785 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */
786 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */
787 int i;
788 long j;
789 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */
790 int old_botline = wp->w_botline;
791 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
792 long fold_count;
793 #endif
794 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
795 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if
796 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */
797 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */
798 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */
799 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */
800 int did_update = DID_NONE;
801 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */
802 #endif
803 linenr_T mod_top = 0;
804 linenr_T mod_bot = 0;
805 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
806 int save_got_int;
807 #endif
809 type = wp->w_redr_type;
811 if (type == NOT_VALID)
813 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
814 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
815 #endif
816 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
819 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */
820 if (wp->w_height == 0)
822 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
823 return;
826 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
827 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */
828 if (wp->w_width == 0)
830 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
831 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0);
832 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
833 return;
835 #endif
837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
838 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous
839 * match */
840 cur = wp->w_match_head;
841 while (cur != NULL)
843 cur->hl.rm = cur->match;
844 if (cur->hlg_id == 0)
845 cur->hl.attr = 0;
846 else
847 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id);
848 cur->hl.buf = buf;
849 cur->hl.lnum = 0;
850 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0;
851 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
852 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
853 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm));
854 # endif
855 cur = cur->next;
857 search_hl.buf = buf;
858 search_hl.lnum = 0;
859 search_hl.first_lnum = 0;
860 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */
861 #endif
863 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
864 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' column changes. */
865 i = wp->w_p_nu ? number_width(wp) : 0;
866 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i)
868 type = NOT_VALID;
869 wp->w_nrwidth = i;
871 else
872 #endif
874 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0)
877 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be
878 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw
879 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while).
881 type = NOT_VALID;
883 else
886 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of
887 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes.
889 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top;
890 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0)
891 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1;
892 else
893 mod_bot = 0;
894 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */
895 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0;
896 if (buf->b_mod_set)
898 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top)
900 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top;
901 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
902 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included
903 * in a pattern match. */
904 if (syntax_present(buf))
906 mod_top -= buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks;
907 if (mod_top < 1)
908 mod_top = 1;
910 #endif
912 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot)
913 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot;
915 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
916 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a
917 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a
918 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible
919 * lines above the change.
920 * Same for a match pattern.
922 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL
923 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog))
924 top_to_mod = TRUE;
925 else
927 cur = wp->w_match_head;
928 while (cur != NULL)
930 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL
931 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog))
933 top_to_mod = TRUE;
934 break;
936 cur = cur->next;
939 #endif
941 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
942 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp))
944 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb;
947 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or
948 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected.
949 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first
950 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first
951 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two.
954 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to
955 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline.
956 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb
957 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */
958 lnumt = wp->w_topline;
959 lnumb = MAXLNUM;
960 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
961 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
963 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top)
964 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1;
965 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot)
967 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum;
968 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating
969 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */
970 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
971 ++lnumb;
975 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL);
976 if (mod_top > lnumt)
977 mod_top = lnumt;
979 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */
980 --mod_bot;
981 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL);
982 ++mod_bot;
983 if (mod_bot < lnumb)
984 mod_bot = lnumb;
986 #endif
988 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below
989 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline.
990 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was
991 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */
992 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline)
994 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline)
995 mod_top = wp->w_topline;
996 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
997 else if (syntax_present(buf))
998 top_end = 1;
999 #endif
1002 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below
1003 * inserted/deleted lines. */
1004 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu)
1005 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1009 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when
1010 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled.
1012 if (type == REDRAW_TOP)
1014 j = 0;
1015 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1017 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1018 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows)
1020 top_end = j;
1021 break;
1024 if (top_end == 0)
1025 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */
1026 type = NOT_VALID;
1027 else
1028 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */
1029 type = VALID;
1032 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will
1033 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still
1034 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not
1035 * called. */
1036 if (screen_cleared)
1037 screen_cleared = MAYBE;
1040 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw,
1041 * handle three cases:
1042 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down
1043 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up
1044 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in
1045 * w_lines[] that needs updating.
1047 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID
1048 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL)
1049 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1050 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill
1051 #endif
1054 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top)
1057 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done
1058 * further down.
1061 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid
1062 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1063 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1064 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum
1065 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill)
1066 #endif
1070 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down.
1072 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1073 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
1075 linenr_T ln;
1077 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence
1078 * of folded lines as one */
1079 j = 0;
1080 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln)
1082 ++j;
1083 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2)
1084 break;
1085 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL);
1088 else
1089 #endif
1090 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline;
1091 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */
1093 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1);
1094 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1095 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */
1096 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline)
1097 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum)
1098 - wp->w_old_topfill;
1099 #endif
1100 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */
1103 * Try to insert the correct number of lines.
1104 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom.
1105 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it.
1107 if (i > 0)
1108 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1109 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1111 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1113 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the
1114 * first one that scrolled down. */
1115 top_end = i;
1116 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1117 scrolled_down = TRUE;
1118 #endif
1120 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable
1121 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */
1122 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height)
1123 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1124 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--)
1125 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j];
1126 while (idx >= 0)
1127 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1130 else
1131 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1133 else
1134 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1136 else
1137 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1139 else
1142 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up.
1143 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that
1144 * needs updating.
1147 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */
1148 j = -1;
1149 row = 0;
1150 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++)
1152 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1153 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1155 j = i;
1156 break;
1158 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1160 if (j == -1)
1162 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all
1163 * lines */
1164 mid_start = 0;
1166 else
1169 * Try to delete the correct number of lines.
1170 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum.
1172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1173 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines,
1174 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */
1175 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline)
1176 row += wp->w_old_topfill;
1177 else
1178 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline);
1179 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */
1180 row -= wp->w_topfill;
1181 #endif
1182 if (row > 0)
1184 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1185 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK)
1186 bot_start = wp->w_height - row;
1187 else
1188 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */
1190 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0)
1193 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still
1194 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info
1195 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set
1196 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing.
1198 bot_start = 0;
1199 idx = 0;
1200 for (;;)
1202 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j];
1203 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still
1204 * valid (no lines deleted) */
1205 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row
1206 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height)
1208 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1;
1209 break;
1211 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1213 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1214 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1216 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1217 break;
1220 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1221 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top
1222 * when it won't get updated below. */
1223 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0)
1224 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size =
1225 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE)
1226 + wp->w_topfill;
1227 #endif
1232 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When
1233 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen
1234 * first. */
1235 if (mid_start == 0)
1237 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1238 if (lastwin == firstwin)
1240 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or
1241 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE
1242 * then. */
1243 if (screen_cleared != TRUE)
1244 screenclear();
1245 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
1246 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */
1247 if (redraw_tabline)
1248 draw_tabline();
1249 #endif
1253 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be
1254 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear()
1255 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to
1256 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */
1257 if (screen_cleared == TRUE)
1258 must_redraw = 0;
1260 else
1262 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */
1263 mid_start = 0;
1264 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1267 if (type == SOME_VALID)
1269 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */
1270 mid_start = 0;
1271 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1272 type = NOT_VALID;
1275 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
1276 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */
1277 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1278 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID))
1280 linenr_T from, to;
1282 if (VIsual_active)
1284 if (VIsual_active
1285 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode
1286 || type == INVERTED_ALL))
1289 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole
1290 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is
1291 * gained or lost.
1293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum)
1295 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1296 to = VIsual.lnum;
1298 else
1300 from = VIsual.lnum;
1301 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1303 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */
1304 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from)
1305 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1306 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to)
1307 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1308 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from)
1309 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1310 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1311 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1313 else
1316 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines
1317 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor
1318 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed.
1320 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum)
1322 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1323 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1325 else
1327 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1328 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1329 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */
1330 from = to;
1333 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum
1334 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col)
1336 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from
1337 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0)
1338 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1339 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to)
1340 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1341 if (VIsual.lnum < from)
1342 from = VIsual.lnum;
1343 if (VIsual.lnum > to)
1344 to = VIsual.lnum;
1349 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant:
1350 * update all lines.
1351 * First compute the actual start and end column.
1353 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
1355 colnr_T fromc, toc;
1357 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc);
1358 ++toc;
1359 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL)
1360 toc = MAXCOL;
1362 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol
1363 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol)
1365 if (from > VIsual.lnum)
1366 from = VIsual.lnum;
1367 if (to < VIsual.lnum)
1368 to = VIsual.lnum;
1370 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc;
1371 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc;
1374 else
1376 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */
1377 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum)
1379 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1380 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1382 else
1384 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum;
1385 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum;
1390 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window.
1392 if (from < wp->w_topline)
1393 from = wp->w_topline;
1396 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to
1397 * the lines that are visible in the window.
1399 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE)
1401 if (from >= wp->w_botline)
1402 from = wp->w_botline - 1;
1403 if (to >= wp->w_botline)
1404 to = wp->w_botline - 1;
1408 * Find the minimal part to be updated.
1409 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid.
1410 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets
1411 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line.
1412 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text
1413 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for
1414 * mid_end (in srow).
1416 if (mid_start > 0)
1418 lnum = wp->w_topline;
1419 idx = 0;
1420 srow = 0;
1421 if (scrolled_down)
1422 mid_start = top_end;
1423 else
1424 mid_start = 0;
1425 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */
1427 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1428 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1429 else if (!scrolled_down)
1430 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1431 ++idx;
1432 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1433 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid)
1434 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum;
1435 else
1436 # endif
1437 ++lnum;
1439 srow += mid_start;
1440 mid_end = wp->w_height;
1441 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */
1443 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1444 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1)
1446 /* Only update until first row of this line */
1447 mid_end = srow;
1448 break;
1450 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size;
1455 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer)
1457 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode;
1458 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1459 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum;
1460 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col;
1461 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant;
1463 else
1465 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0;
1466 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0;
1467 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0;
1468 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0;
1470 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
1472 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1473 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */
1474 save_got_int = got_int;
1475 got_int = 0;
1476 #endif
1477 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1478 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0;
1479 #endif
1482 * Update all the window rows.
1484 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */
1485 row = 0;
1486 srow = 0;
1487 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */
1488 for (;;)
1490 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_
1491 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */
1492 if (row == wp->w_height)
1494 didline = TRUE;
1495 break;
1498 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */
1499 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1501 eof = TRUE;
1502 break;
1505 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt
1506 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */
1507 srow = row;
1510 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it
1511 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid.
1512 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using
1513 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it.
1514 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will
1515 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is
1516 * the same again, just update until the end of the window.
1518 if (row < top_end
1519 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end)
1520 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1521 || top_to_mod
1522 #endif
1523 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid
1524 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start)
1525 || (mod_top != 0
1526 && (lnum == mod_top
1527 || (lnum >= mod_top
1528 && (lnum < mod_bot
1529 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1530 || did_update == DID_FOLD
1531 || (did_update == DID_LINE
1532 && syntax_present(buf)
1533 && (
1534 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1535 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)
1536 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) ||
1537 # endif
1538 syntax_check_changed(lnum)))
1539 #endif
1540 )))))
1542 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1543 if (lnum == mod_top)
1544 top_to_mod = FALSE;
1545 #endif
1548 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines
1549 * up or down to minimize redrawing.
1550 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end.
1551 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$".
1553 if (lnum == mod_top
1554 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM
1555 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1))
1557 int old_rows = 0;
1558 int new_rows = 0;
1559 int xtra_rows;
1560 linenr_T l;
1562 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which
1563 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are
1564 * currently displayed. */
1565 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
1567 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid
1568 * lines are part of the changed area. */
1569 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1570 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot)
1571 break;
1572 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size;
1573 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1574 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid
1575 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot)
1577 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot.
1578 * Add following invalid entries. */
1579 ++i;
1580 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid
1581 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
1582 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size;
1583 break;
1585 #endif
1588 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1590 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines,
1591 * need to redraw until the end of the window.
1592 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */
1593 bot_start = 0;
1595 else
1597 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window
1598 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */
1599 j = idx;
1600 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l)
1602 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1603 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL))
1604 ++new_rows;
1605 else
1606 #endif
1607 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1608 if (l == wp->w_topline)
1609 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE)
1610 + wp->w_topfill;
1611 else
1612 #endif
1613 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE);
1614 ++j;
1615 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2)
1617 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */
1618 new_rows = 9999;
1619 break;
1622 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows;
1623 if (xtra_rows < 0)
1625 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough
1626 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the
1627 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text
1628 * below the scrolled text. */
1629 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1630 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1631 else
1633 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1634 if (win_del_lines(wp, row,
1635 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1636 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1637 else
1638 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows;
1641 else if (xtra_rows > 0)
1643 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough
1644 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the
1645 * rest. */
1646 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2)
1647 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1648 else
1650 check_for_delay(FALSE);
1651 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows,
1652 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
1653 mod_bot = MAXLNUM;
1654 else if (top_end > row + old_rows)
1655 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires
1656 * updating down. */
1657 top_end += xtra_rows;
1661 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[]
1662 * entries. */
1663 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j)
1665 if (j < i)
1667 int x = row + new_rows;
1669 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */
1670 for (;;)
1672 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */
1673 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid)
1675 wp->w_lines_valid = j;
1676 break;
1678 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i];
1679 /* stop at a line that won't fit */
1680 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size
1681 > wp->w_height)
1683 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1;
1684 break;
1686 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size;
1687 ++i;
1689 if (bot_start > x)
1690 bot_start = x;
1692 else /* j > i */
1694 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */
1695 j -= i;
1696 wp->w_lines_valid += j;
1697 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height)
1698 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height;
1699 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i)
1700 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j];
1702 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are
1703 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above.
1704 * Reset to zero. */
1705 while (i >= idx)
1707 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0;
1708 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE;
1715 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1717 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them.
1718 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when
1719 * 'wrap' is on).
1721 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo);
1722 if (fold_count != 0)
1724 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row);
1725 ++row;
1726 --fold_count;
1727 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE;
1728 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count;
1729 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1730 did_update = DID_FOLD;
1731 # endif
1733 else
1734 #endif
1735 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid
1736 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid
1737 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum
1738 && lnum > wp->w_topline
1739 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE)
1740 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height
1741 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1742 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0
1743 #endif
1746 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here,
1747 * will draw "@ " lines below. */
1748 row = wp->w_height + 1;
1750 else
1752 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
1753 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum);
1754 #endif
1755 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1756 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */
1757 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum
1758 && syntax_present(buf))
1759 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1760 #endif
1763 * Display one line.
1765 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0);
1767 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1768 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE;
1769 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum;
1770 #endif
1771 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1772 did_update = DID_LINE;
1773 syntax_last_parsed = lnum;
1774 #endif
1777 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum;
1778 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE;
1779 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1781 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */
1782 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1783 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE);
1784 ++idx;
1785 break;
1787 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1788 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow;
1789 ++idx;
1790 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1791 lnum += fold_count + 1;
1792 #else
1793 ++lnum;
1794 #endif
1796 else
1798 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */
1799 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size;
1800 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */
1801 break;
1802 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1803 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1;
1804 #else
1805 ++lnum;
1806 #endif
1807 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1808 did_update = DID_NONE;
1809 #endif
1812 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
1814 eof = TRUE;
1815 break;
1819 * End of loop over all window lines.
1823 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid)
1824 wp->w_lines_valid = idx;
1826 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
1828 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here.
1830 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(buf))
1831 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1);
1832 #endif
1835 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last
1836 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit.
1838 wp->w_empty_rows = 0;
1839 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1840 wp->w_filler_rows = 0;
1841 #endif
1842 if (!eof && !didline)
1844 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
1847 * Single line that does not fit!
1848 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited.
1850 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1;
1852 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1853 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow)
1855 /* Window ends in filler lines. */
1856 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1857 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow;
1859 #endif
1860 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */
1863 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end.
1865 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1,
1866 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
1867 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
1868 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
1869 set_empty_rows(wp, srow);
1870 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1872 else
1874 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1875 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1878 else
1880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1881 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
1882 #endif
1883 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */
1885 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
1886 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1887 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline);
1888 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill)
1891 * Display filler lines at the end of the file
1893 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
1894 i = '-';
1895 else
1896 i = fill_diff;
1897 if (row + j > wp->w_height)
1898 j = wp->w_height - row;
1899 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED);
1900 row += j;
1902 #endif
1904 else if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1905 wp->w_botline = lnum;
1907 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */
1908 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */
1909 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
1912 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */
1913 wp->w_redr_type = 0;
1914 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1915 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
1916 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill;
1917 #endif
1919 if (dollar_vcol == 0)
1922 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each
1923 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive
1924 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the
1925 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to
1926 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was
1927 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on
1928 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw
1929 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it
1930 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where
1931 * changes are relevant).
1933 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE;
1934 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive)
1936 recursive = TRUE;
1937 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE;
1938 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */
1939 if (must_redraw != 0)
1941 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */
1942 i = curbuf->b_mod_set;
1943 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE;
1944 win_update(curwin);
1945 must_redraw = 0;
1946 curbuf->b_mod_set = i;
1948 recursive = FALSE;
1952 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA)
1953 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */
1954 if (!got_int)
1955 got_int = save_got_int;
1956 #endif
1959 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
1960 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp));
1963 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in.
1965 static int
1966 draw_signcolumn(wp)
1967 win_T *wp;
1969 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
1970 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
1971 || usingNetbeans
1972 # endif
1975 #endif
1978 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2"
1979 * as the filler character.
1981 static void
1982 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl)
1983 win_T *wp;
1984 int c1;
1985 int c2;
1986 int row;
1987 int endrow;
1988 hlf_T hl;
1990 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN)
1991 int n = 0;
1992 # define FDC_OFF n
1993 #else
1994 # define FDC_OFF 0
1995 #endif
1997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
1998 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2000 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */
2001 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2002 n = wp->w_p_fdc;
2004 if (n > 0)
2006 /* draw the fold column at the right */
2007 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp))
2008 n = W_WIDTH(wp);
2009 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2010 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2011 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2013 # endif
2014 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2015 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2017 int nn = n + 2;
2019 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */
2020 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2021 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2022 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2023 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n,
2024 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2025 n = nn;
2027 # endif
2028 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2029 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF,
2030 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2031 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2032 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF,
2033 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2035 else
2036 #endif
2038 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2039 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2041 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */
2042 n = 1;
2043 if (n > wp->w_width)
2044 n = wp->w_width;
2045 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2046 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n,
2047 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT));
2049 #endif
2050 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2051 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
2053 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc;
2055 /* draw the fold column at the left */
2056 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2057 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2058 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2059 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2060 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2061 n = nn;
2063 #endif
2064 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2065 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2067 int nn = n + 2;
2069 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */
2070 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp))
2071 nn = W_WIDTH(wp);
2072 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2073 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn,
2074 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC));
2075 n = nn;
2077 #endif
2078 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow,
2079 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
2080 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl));
2082 set_empty_rows(wp, row);
2085 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2087 * Display one folded line.
2089 static void
2090 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row)
2091 win_T *wp;
2092 long fold_count;
2093 foldinfo_T *foldinfo;
2094 linenr_T lnum;
2095 int row;
2097 char_u buf[51];
2098 pos_T *top, *bot;
2099 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1;
2100 int len;
2101 char_u *text;
2102 int fdc;
2103 int col;
2104 int txtcol;
2105 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
2106 int ri;
2108 /* Build the fold line:
2109 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2110 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2111 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2112 * 4. Compose the text
2113 * 5. Add the text
2114 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text
2116 col = 0;
2119 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window
2120 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left.
2122 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2123 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
2125 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type;
2126 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
2127 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2128 if (enc_utf8)
2129 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
2130 #endif
2131 ++col;
2133 #endif
2136 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn'
2138 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc;
2139 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2140 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2141 if (fdc > 0)
2143 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum);
2144 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2145 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2147 int i;
2149 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc,
2150 hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2151 /* reverse the fold column */
2152 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i)
2153 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i];
2155 else
2156 #endif
2157 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC));
2158 col += fdc;
2161 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2162 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \
2163 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2164 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \
2165 else \
2166 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2167 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2168 #else
2169 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \
2170 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v
2171 #endif
2173 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' column and the text */
2174 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col);
2176 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2177 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */
2178 if (draw_signcolumn(wp))
2180 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2181 if (len > 0)
2183 if (len > 2)
2184 len = 2;
2185 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2186 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2187 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2188 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col,
2189 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2190 else
2191 # endif
2192 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2193 col += len;
2196 #endif
2199 * 3. Add the 'number' column
2201 if (wp->w_p_nu)
2203 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2204 if (len > 0)
2206 int w = number_width(wp);
2208 if (len > w + 1)
2209 len = w + 1;
2210 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, (long)lnum);
2211 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2212 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2213 /* the line number isn't reversed */
2214 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len,
2215 hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2216 else
2217 #endif
2218 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL));
2219 col += len;
2224 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set.
2226 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf);
2228 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */
2231 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold".
2232 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put
2233 * in columns number-col - window-width.
2235 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2236 if (has_mbyte)
2238 int cells;
2239 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO];
2240 int i;
2241 int idx;
2242 int c_len;
2243 char_u *p;
2244 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2245 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2246 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2247 # endif
2249 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2250 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2251 idx = off;
2252 else
2253 # endif
2254 idx = off + col;
2256 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */
2257 for (p = text; *p != NUL; )
2259 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p);
2260 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
2261 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp)
2262 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2263 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0)
2264 # endif
2266 break;
2267 ScreenLines[idx] = *p;
2268 if (enc_utf8)
2270 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc);
2271 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
2273 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0;
2274 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2275 prev_c = u8c;
2276 #endif
2278 else
2280 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2281 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
2283 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
2284 int pc, pc1, nc;
2285 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
2286 int firstbyte = *p;
2288 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
2289 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
2290 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2292 pc = prev_c;
2293 pc1 = prev_c1;
2294 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len);
2295 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
2297 else
2299 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc);
2300 nc = prev_c;
2301 pc1 = pcc[0];
2303 prev_c = u8c;
2305 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0],
2306 pc, pc1, nc);
2307 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte;
2309 else
2310 prev_c = u8c;
2311 #endif
2312 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
2313 #ifdef UNICODE16
2314 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
2315 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
2316 else
2317 #endif
2318 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c;
2319 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
2321 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i];
2322 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
2323 break;
2326 if (cells > 1)
2327 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0;
2329 else if (cells > 1) /* double-byte character */
2331 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e)
2332 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1];
2333 else
2334 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1];
2336 col += cells;
2337 idx += cells;
2338 p += c_len;
2341 else
2342 #endif
2344 len = (int)STRLEN(text);
2345 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col)
2346 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
2347 if (len > 0)
2349 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2350 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2351 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len);
2352 else
2353 #endif
2354 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len);
2355 col += len;
2359 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */
2360 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2361 if (wp->w_p_rl)
2362 col -= txtcol;
2363 #endif
2364 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)
2365 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2366 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0)
2367 #endif
2370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2371 if (enc_utf8)
2373 if (fill_fold >= 0x80)
2375 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold;
2376 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0;
2378 else
2379 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0;
2381 #endif
2382 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold;
2385 if (text != buf)
2386 vim_free(text);
2389 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text.
2390 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line.
2392 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2393 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2395 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2397 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2398 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2399 bot = &VIsual;
2401 else
2403 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2404 top = &VIsual;
2405 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2407 if (lnum >= top->lnum
2408 && lnume <= bot->lnum
2409 && (VIsual_mode != 'v'
2410 || ((lnum > top->lnum
2411 || (lnum == top->lnum
2412 && top->col == 0))
2413 && (lnume < bot->lnum
2414 || (lnume == bot->lnum
2415 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e'))
2416 >= STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE)))))))
2418 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
2420 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */
2421 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2423 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp))
2424 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2425 else
2426 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol;
2427 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V),
2428 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol);
2431 else
2433 /* Set all attributes of the text */
2434 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol);
2438 #endif
2440 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2441 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */
2442 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
2444 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol;
2445 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2446 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol;
2447 else
2448 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol;
2449 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp))
2450 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr(
2451 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
2453 #endif
2455 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
2456 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE);
2459 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
2460 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
2462 if (wp == curwin
2463 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2464 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2466 curwin->w_cline_row = row;
2467 curwin->w_cline_height = 1;
2468 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE;
2469 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
2474 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr".
2476 static void
2477 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr)
2478 int off;
2479 char_u *buf;
2480 int len;
2481 int attr;
2483 int i;
2485 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len);
2486 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2487 if (enc_utf8)
2488 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len);
2489 # endif
2490 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
2491 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr;
2495 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp".
2496 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0.
2498 static void
2499 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum)
2500 char_u *p;
2501 win_T *wp;
2502 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */
2503 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */
2505 int i = 0;
2506 int level;
2507 int first_level;
2508 int empty;
2510 /* Init to all spaces. */
2511 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc);
2513 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level;
2514 if (level > 0)
2516 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */
2517 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1;
2519 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that
2520 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */
2521 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty;
2522 if (first_level < 1)
2523 first_level = 1;
2525 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i)
2527 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum
2528 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level)
2529 p[i] = '-';
2530 else if (first_level == 1)
2531 p[i] = '|';
2532 else if (first_level + i <= 9)
2533 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i;
2534 else
2535 p[i] = '>';
2536 if (first_level + i == level)
2537 break;
2540 if (closed)
2541 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+';
2543 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */
2546 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen.
2547 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached.
2548 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid.
2550 * Return the number of last row the line occupies.
2552 /* ARGSUSED */
2553 static int
2554 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange)
2555 win_T *wp;
2556 linenr_T lnum;
2557 int startrow;
2558 int endrow;
2559 int nochange; /* not updating for changed text */
2561 int col; /* visual column on screen */
2562 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */
2563 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */
2564 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */
2565 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */
2566 char_u *line; /* current line */
2567 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */
2568 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */
2569 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */
2571 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */
2572 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */
2573 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */
2574 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */
2575 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */
2576 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when
2577 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */
2578 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */
2579 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */
2581 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */
2582 int saved_n_extra = 0;
2583 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL;
2584 int saved_c_extra = 0;
2585 int saved_char_attr = 0;
2587 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */
2588 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */
2589 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */
2590 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */
2592 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */
2594 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */
2595 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */
2596 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */
2597 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2598 pos_T *top, *bot;
2599 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE;
2600 #endif
2601 pos_T pos;
2602 long v;
2604 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */
2605 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */
2606 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting
2607 in this line */
2608 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */
2609 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */
2610 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */
2611 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2612 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */
2613 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */
2614 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */
2615 int save_did_emsg;
2616 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */
2617 #endif
2618 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2619 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */
2620 # define SPWORDLEN 150
2621 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */
2622 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */
2623 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line
2624 starts */
2625 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */
2626 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */
2627 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */
2628 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which
2629 * there are no spell errors */
2630 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */
2631 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */
2632 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */
2633 #endif
2634 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */
2635 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2636 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */
2637 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */
2638 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */
2639 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */
2640 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */
2641 #endif
2642 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2643 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */
2644 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */
2645 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */
2646 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */
2647 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */
2648 #endif
2649 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */
2650 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2651 int need_showbreak = FALSE;
2652 #endif
2653 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \
2654 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2655 # define LINE_ATTR
2656 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */
2657 #endif
2658 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
2659 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
2660 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
2661 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
2662 has been processed or not */
2663 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol
2664 equals startcol of search_hl or one
2665 of the matches */
2666 #endif
2667 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
2668 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
2669 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */
2670 #endif
2671 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
2672 int did_line_attr = 0;
2673 #endif
2675 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */
2676 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */
2677 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
2678 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */
2679 #else
2680 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START
2681 #endif
2682 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2683 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */
2684 #else
2685 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE
2686 #endif
2687 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2688 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */
2689 #else
2690 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */
2691 #endif
2692 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */
2693 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
2694 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */
2695 #else
2696 # define WL_SBR WL_NR
2697 #endif
2698 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */
2699 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */
2700 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2701 int feedback_col = 0;
2702 int feedback_old_attr = -1;
2703 #endif
2706 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */
2707 return startrow;
2709 row = startrow;
2710 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp);
2713 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak,
2714 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done.
2716 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
2717 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr;
2718 #else
2719 extra_check = 0;
2720 #endif
2721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
2722 if (syntax_present(wp->w_buffer) && !wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error)
2724 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an
2725 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */
2726 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
2727 did_emsg = FALSE;
2728 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
2729 if (did_emsg)
2730 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
2731 else
2733 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
2734 has_syntax = TRUE;
2735 extra_check = TRUE;
2738 #endif
2740 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2741 if (wp->w_p_spell
2742 && *wp->w_buffer->b_p_spl != NUL
2743 && wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_len > 0
2744 && *(char **)(wp->w_buffer->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL)
2746 /* Prepare for spell checking. */
2747 has_spell = TRUE;
2748 extra_check = TRUE;
2750 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next
2751 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.".
2752 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */
2753 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL;
2754 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
2756 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE);
2757 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN);
2760 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current
2761 * line is valid. */
2762 if (lnum == checked_lnum)
2763 cur_checked_col = checked_col;
2764 checked_lnum = 0;
2766 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a
2767 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check
2768 * the first word. */
2769 if (lnum != capcol_lnum)
2770 cap_col = -1;
2771 if (lnum == 1)
2772 cap_col = 0;
2773 capcol_lnum = 0;
2775 #endif
2778 * handle visual active in this window
2780 fromcol = -10;
2781 tocol = MAXCOL;
2782 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
2783 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer)
2785 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */
2786 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual))
2788 top = &curwin->w_cursor;
2789 bot = &VIsual;
2791 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */
2793 top = &VIsual;
2794 bot = &curwin->w_cursor;
2796 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum);
2797 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */
2799 if (lnum_in_visual_area)
2801 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol;
2802 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol;
2805 else /* non-block mode */
2807 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum)
2808 fromcol = 0;
2809 else if (lnum == top->lnum)
2811 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */
2812 fromcol = 0;
2813 else
2815 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2816 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL)
2817 tocol = fromcol + 1;
2820 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum)
2822 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0
2823 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2824 && bot->coladd == 0
2825 #endif
2828 fromcol = -10;
2829 tocol = MAXCOL;
2831 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL)
2832 tocol = MAXCOL;
2833 else
2835 pos = *bot;
2836 if (*p_sel == 'e')
2837 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2838 else
2840 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol);
2841 ++tocol;
2847 #ifndef MSDOS
2848 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */
2849 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin
2850 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
2851 && !gui.in_use
2852 # endif
2854 noinvcur = TRUE;
2855 #endif
2857 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */
2858 if (fromcol >= 0)
2860 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2861 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V);
2862 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)
2863 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel())
2864 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC);
2865 #endif
2870 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting
2872 else
2873 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */
2874 if (highlight_match
2875 && wp == curwin
2876 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2877 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2879 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
2880 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor),
2881 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL);
2882 else
2883 fromcol = 0;
2884 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines)
2886 pos.lnum = lnum;
2887 pos.col = search_match_endcol;
2888 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL);
2890 else
2891 tocol = MAXCOL;
2892 if (fromcol == tocol) /* do at least one character */
2893 tocol = fromcol + 1; /* happens when past end of line */
2894 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2895 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I);
2898 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2899 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum);
2900 if (filler_lines < 0)
2902 if (filler_lines == -1)
2904 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end))
2905 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2906 else if (change_start == 0)
2907 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
2908 else
2909 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
2911 else
2912 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */
2913 filler_lines = 0;
2914 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2916 if (lnum == wp->w_topline)
2917 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill;
2918 filler_todo = filler_lines;
2919 #endif
2921 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
2922 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
2923 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */
2924 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL);
2925 if (v != 0)
2926 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE);
2927 # endif
2928 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
2929 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */
2930 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum)
2931 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
2932 # endif
2933 if (line_attr != 0)
2934 area_highlighting = TRUE;
2935 #endif
2937 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
2938 ptr = line;
2940 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
2941 if (has_spell)
2943 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */
2944 if (cap_col == 0)
2945 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line);
2947 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the
2948 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was
2949 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */
2950 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL)
2952 /* No next line or it is empty. */
2953 nextlinecol = MAXCOL;
2954 nextline_idx = 0;
2956 else
2958 v = (long)STRLEN(line);
2959 if (v < SPWORDLEN)
2961 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the
2962 * next line. */
2963 nextlinecol = 0;
2964 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v);
2965 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN);
2966 nextline_idx = v + 1;
2968 else
2970 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */
2971 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN;
2972 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN);
2973 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1;
2977 #endif
2979 /* find start of trailing whitespace */
2980 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail)
2982 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr);
2983 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1]))
2984 --trailcol;
2985 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line);
2986 extra_check = TRUE;
2990 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the
2991 * first character to be displayed.
2993 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
2994 v = wp->w_skipcol;
2995 else
2996 v = wp->w_leftcol;
2997 if (v > 0)
2999 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3000 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr;
3001 #endif
3002 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL)
3004 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL);
3005 vcol += c;
3006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3007 prev_ptr = ptr;
3008 #endif
3009 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
3012 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
3013 /* When 'virtualedit' is set the end of the line may be before the
3014 * start of the displayed part. */
3015 if (vcol < v && *ptr == NUL && virtual_active())
3016 vcol = v;
3017 #endif
3019 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at
3020 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */
3021 if (vcol > v)
3023 vcol -= c;
3024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3025 ptr = prev_ptr;
3026 #else
3027 --ptr;
3028 #endif
3029 n_skip = v - vcol;
3033 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen,
3034 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen.
3036 if (tocol <= vcol)
3037 fromcol = 0;
3038 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol)
3039 fromcol = vcol;
3041 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3042 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */
3043 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
3044 need_showbreak = TRUE;
3045 #endif
3046 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3047 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the
3048 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */
3049 if (has_spell)
3051 int len;
3052 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line);
3053 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3055 pos = wp->w_cursor;
3056 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
3057 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol;
3058 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf);
3060 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */
3061 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3062 ptr = line + linecol;
3064 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line)
3066 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a
3067 * word */
3068 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3069 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp->w_buffer)
3070 - line + 1);
3072 else
3074 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */
3075 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1;
3077 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3078 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3079 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
3081 wp->w_cursor = pos;
3083 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3084 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */
3085 if (has_syntax)
3086 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
3087 # endif
3089 #endif
3093 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled.
3094 * Avoids having to check this for each character.
3096 if (fromcol >= 0)
3098 if (noinvcur)
3100 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol)
3102 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the
3103 * cursor */
3104 fromcol_prev = fromcol;
3105 fromcol = -1;
3107 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol)
3108 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */
3109 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol;
3111 if (fromcol >= tocol)
3112 fromcol = -1;
3115 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3117 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches.
3118 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list.
3120 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3121 shl_flag = FALSE;
3122 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3124 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
3126 shl = &search_hl;
3127 shl_flag = TRUE;
3129 else
3130 shl = &cur->hl;
3131 shl->startcol = MAXCOL;
3132 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3133 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3134 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3136 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3137 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3139 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it
3140 * invalid. */
3141 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3142 ptr = line + v;
3144 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum)
3146 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3147 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3148 else
3149 shl->startcol = 0;
3150 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
3151 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum)
3152 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3153 else
3154 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3155 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */
3156 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3159 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL)
3160 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol);
3161 else
3162 #endif
3163 ++shl->endcol;
3165 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */
3167 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3168 search_attr = shl->attr;
3170 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3173 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3174 cur = cur->next;
3176 #endif
3178 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3179 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is
3180 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */
3181 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active)
3183 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL);
3184 area_highlighting = TRUE;
3186 #endif
3188 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
3189 col = 0;
3190 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3191 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3193 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put
3194 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the
3195 * rightmost column of the window. */
3196 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1;
3197 off += col;
3199 #endif
3202 * Repeat for the whole displayed line.
3204 for (;;)
3206 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */
3207 if (draw_state != WL_LINE)
3209 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
3210 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3212 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE;
3213 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin)
3215 /* Draw the cmdline character. */
3216 n_extra = 1;
3217 c_extra = cmdwin_type;
3218 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3221 #endif
3223 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
3224 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3226 draw_state = WL_FOLD;
3227 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0)
3229 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */
3230 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum);
3231 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc;
3232 p_extra = extra;
3233 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL;
3234 c_extra = NUL;
3235 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC);
3238 #endif
3240 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
3241 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3243 draw_state = WL_SIGN;
3244 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this
3245 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */
3246 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)
3247 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3248 && filler_todo <= 0
3249 # endif
3252 int_u text_sign;
3253 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3254 int_u icon_sign;
3255 # endif
3257 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */
3258 c_extra = ' ';
3259 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC);
3260 n_extra = 2;
3262 if (row == startrow)
3264 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3265 SIGN_TEXT);
3266 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS
3267 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum,
3268 SIGN_ICON);
3269 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0)
3271 /* Use the image in this position. */
3272 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE;
3273 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
3274 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1)
3275 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE;
3276 # endif
3277 char_attr = icon_sign;
3279 else
3280 # endif
3281 if (text_sign != 0)
3283 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign);
3284 if (p_extra != NULL)
3286 c_extra = NUL;
3287 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3289 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE);
3294 #endif
3296 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3298 draw_state = WL_NR;
3299 /* Display the line number. After the first fill with blanks
3300 * when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */
3301 if (wp->w_p_nu
3302 && (row == startrow
3303 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3304 + filler_lines
3305 #endif
3306 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL))
3308 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */
3309 if (row == startrow
3310 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3311 + filler_lines
3312 #endif
3315 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ",
3316 number_width(wp), (long)lnum);
3317 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0)
3318 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra)
3319 *p_extra = '-';
3320 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3321 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */
3322 rl_mirror(extra);
3323 #endif
3324 p_extra = extra;
3325 c_extra = NUL;
3327 else
3328 c_extra = ' ';
3329 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1;
3330 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N);
3331 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3332 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of
3333 * the current line differently. */
3334 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum)
3335 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr);
3336 #endif
3340 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF)
3341 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3343 draw_state = WL_SBR;
3344 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3345 if (filler_todo > 0)
3347 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */
3348 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1)
3349 c_extra = '-';
3350 else
3351 c_extra = fill_diff;
3352 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3353 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3354 n_extra = col + 1;
3355 else
3356 # endif
3357 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
3358 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED);
3360 # endif
3361 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
3362 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak)
3364 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */
3365 p_extra = p_sbr;
3366 c_extra = NUL;
3367 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr);
3368 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3369 need_showbreak = FALSE;
3370 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak',
3371 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */
3372 if (tocol == vcol)
3373 tocol += n_extra;
3375 # endif
3377 #endif
3379 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0)
3381 draw_state = WL_LINE;
3382 if (saved_n_extra)
3384 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */
3385 n_extra = saved_n_extra;
3386 c_extra = saved_c_extra;
3387 p_extra = saved_p_extra;
3388 char_attr = saved_char_attr;
3390 else
3391 char_attr = 0;
3395 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */
3396 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin
3397 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol
3398 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3399 && filler_todo <= 0
3400 #endif
3403 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp),
3404 wp->w_p_rl);
3405 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when
3406 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */
3407 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3408 if (wp->w_p_cuc)
3409 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height;
3410 else
3411 #endif
3412 row = wp->w_height;
3413 break;
3416 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting)
3418 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */
3419 if (vcol == fromcol
3420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3421 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0
3422 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1)
3423 #endif
3424 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev
3425 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */
3426 && vcol < tocol))
3427 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */
3428 else if (area_attr != 0
3429 && (vcol == tocol
3430 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
3431 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */
3433 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
3434 if (!n_extra)
3437 * Check for start/end of search pattern match.
3438 * After end, check for start/end of next match.
3439 * When another match, have to check for start again.
3440 * Watch out for matching an empty string!
3441 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by
3442 * priority).
3444 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3445 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3446 shl_flag = FALSE;
3447 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3449 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3450 && ((cur != NULL
3451 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3452 || cur == NULL))
3454 shl = &search_hl;
3455 shl_flag = TRUE;
3457 else
3458 shl = &cur->hl;
3459 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
3461 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL
3462 && v >= (long)shl->startcol
3463 && v < (long)shl->endcol)
3465 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr;
3467 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol)
3469 shl->attr_cur = 0;
3471 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v);
3473 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp
3474 * may have made it invalid. */
3475 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3476 ptr = line + v;
3478 if (shl->lnum == lnum)
3480 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
3481 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0)
3482 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
3483 else
3484 shl->endcol = MAXCOL;
3486 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol)
3488 /* highlight empty match, try again after
3489 * it */
3490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3491 if (has_mbyte)
3492 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line
3493 + shl->endcol);
3494 else
3495 #endif
3496 ++shl->endcol;
3499 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the
3500 * current position */
3501 continue;
3504 break;
3506 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3507 cur = cur->next;
3510 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
3511 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
3512 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur;
3513 cur = wp->w_match_head;
3514 shl_flag = FALSE;
3515 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
3517 if (shl_flag == FALSE
3518 && ((cur != NULL
3519 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
3520 || cur == NULL))
3522 shl = &search_hl;
3523 shl_flag = TRUE;
3525 else
3526 shl = &cur->hl;
3527 if (shl->attr_cur != 0)
3528 search_attr = shl->attr_cur;
3529 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
3530 cur = cur->next;
3533 #endif
3535 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
3536 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0)
3538 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start
3539 && n_extra == 0)
3540 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */
3541 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end
3542 && n_extra == 0)
3543 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */
3544 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
3546 #endif
3548 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */
3549 attr_pri = TRUE;
3550 if (area_attr != 0)
3551 char_attr = area_attr;
3552 else if (search_attr != 0)
3553 char_attr = search_attr;
3554 #ifdef LINE_ATTR
3555 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area
3556 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */
3557 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL)
3558 || (vcol < fromcol || vcol >= tocol)))
3559 char_attr = line_attr;
3560 #endif
3561 else
3563 attr_pri = FALSE;
3564 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3565 if (has_syntax)
3566 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3567 else
3568 #endif
3569 char_attr = 0;
3574 * Get the next character to put on the screen.
3577 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to
3578 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other
3579 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used.
3580 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past
3581 * "p_extra[n_extra]".
3582 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "".
3584 if (n_extra > 0)
3586 if (c_extra != NUL)
3588 c = c_extra;
3589 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3590 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */
3591 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3593 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3594 u8cc[0] = 0;
3595 c = 0xc0;
3597 else
3598 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3599 #endif
3601 else
3603 c = *p_extra;
3604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3605 if (has_mbyte)
3607 mb_c = c;
3608 if (enc_utf8)
3610 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte:
3611 * Decode it into "mb_c". */
3612 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra);
3613 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3614 if (mb_l > n_extra)
3615 mb_l = 1;
3616 else if (mb_l > 1)
3618 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc);
3619 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3620 c = 0xc0;
3623 else
3625 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */
3626 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3627 if (mb_l >= n_extra)
3628 mb_l = 1;
3629 else if (mb_l > 1)
3630 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1];
3632 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3633 mb_l = 1;
3635 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3636 * last column. */
3637 if ((
3638 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3639 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3640 # endif
3641 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3642 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3644 c = '>';
3645 mb_c = c;
3646 mb_l = 1;
3647 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3648 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3649 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width
3650 * character at the start of the next line. */
3651 ++n_extra;
3652 --p_extra;
3654 else
3656 n_extra -= mb_l - 1;
3657 p_extra += mb_l - 1;
3660 #endif
3661 ++p_extra;
3663 --n_extra;
3665 else
3668 * Get a character from the line itself.
3670 c = *ptr;
3671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3672 if (has_mbyte)
3674 mb_c = c;
3675 if (enc_utf8)
3677 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it
3678 * into "mb_c". */
3679 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
3680 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3681 if (mb_l > 1)
3683 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
3684 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char
3685 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */
3686 if (mb_c < 0x80)
3687 c = mb_c;
3688 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3690 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char.
3691 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */
3692 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c))
3694 int i;
3696 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i)
3697 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1];
3698 u8cc[0] = mb_c;
3699 mb_c = ' ';
3703 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80)
3704 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0)
3705 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c)
3706 # ifdef UNICODE16
3707 || mb_c >= 0x10000
3708 # endif
3712 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>.
3713 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?.
3715 # ifdef UNICODE16
3716 if (mb_c < 0x10000)
3717 # endif
3719 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c);
3720 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3721 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */
3722 rl_mirror(extra);
3723 # endif
3725 # ifdef UNICODE16
3726 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2)
3727 STRCPY(extra, "?");
3728 else
3729 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */
3730 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237");
3731 # endif
3733 p_extra = extra;
3734 c = *p_extra;
3735 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra);
3736 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80);
3737 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
3738 c_extra = NUL;
3739 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3741 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3742 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3743 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3746 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3747 mb_l = 1;
3748 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
3749 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c))
3751 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
3752 int pc, pc1, nc;
3753 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
3755 /* The idea of what is the previous and next
3756 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */
3757 if (wp->w_p_rl)
3759 pc = prev_c;
3760 pc1 = prev_c1;
3761 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l);
3762 prev_c1 = u8cc[0];
3764 else
3766 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc);
3767 nc = prev_c;
3768 pc1 = pcc[0];
3770 prev_c = mb_c;
3772 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc);
3774 else
3775 prev_c = mb_c;
3776 #endif
3778 else /* enc_dbcs */
3780 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c);
3781 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */
3782 mb_l = 1;
3783 else if (mb_l > 1)
3785 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal.
3786 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings!
3788 if (ptr[1] >= 32)
3789 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1];
3790 else
3792 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
3794 /* head byte at end of line */
3795 mb_l = 1;
3796 transchar_nonprint(extra, c);
3798 else
3800 /* illegal tail byte */
3801 mb_l = 2;
3802 STRCPY(extra, "XX");
3804 p_extra = extra;
3805 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1;
3806 c_extra = NUL;
3807 c = *p_extra++;
3808 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3810 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3811 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3812 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3814 mb_c = c;
3818 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the
3819 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the
3820 * next line. */
3821 if ((
3822 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
3823 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) :
3824 # endif
3825 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1))
3826 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2)
3828 c = '>';
3829 mb_c = c;
3830 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3831 mb_l = 1;
3832 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3833 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be
3834 * displayed at the start of the next line. */
3835 --ptr;
3837 else if (*ptr != NUL)
3838 ptr += mb_l - 1;
3840 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display
3841 * a '<' in the first column. */
3842 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1)
3844 n_extra = 1;
3845 c_extra = '<';
3846 c = ' ';
3847 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3849 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
3850 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
3851 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3853 mb_c = c;
3854 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3855 mb_l = 1;
3859 #endif
3860 ++ptr;
3862 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */
3863 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160
3864 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3865 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160)
3866 #endif
3867 ) && lcs_nbsp)
3869 c = lcs_nbsp;
3870 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0)
3872 n_attr = 1;
3873 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
3874 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
3876 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3877 mb_c = c;
3878 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
3880 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
3881 u8cc[0] = 0;
3882 c = 0xc0;
3884 else
3885 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
3886 #endif
3889 if (extra_check)
3891 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3892 int can_spell = TRUE;
3893 #endif
3895 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3896 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line
3897 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */
3898 v = (long)(ptr - line);
3899 if (has_syntax && v > 0)
3901 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there
3902 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */
3903 save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
3904 did_emsg = FALSE;
3906 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1,
3907 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3908 has_spell ? &can_spell :
3909 # endif
3910 NULL, FALSE);
3912 if (did_emsg)
3914 wp->w_buffer->b_syn_error = TRUE;
3915 has_syntax = FALSE;
3917 else
3918 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
3920 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may
3921 * have made it invalid. */
3922 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
3923 ptr = line + v;
3925 if (!attr_pri)
3926 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3927 else
3928 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr);
3930 #endif
3932 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
3933 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line).
3934 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the
3935 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item
3936 * contains the @Spell cluster. */
3937 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col)
3939 spell_attr = 0;
3940 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3941 if (!attr_pri)
3942 char_attr = syntax_attr;
3943 # endif
3944 if (c != 0 && (
3945 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
3946 !has_syntax ||
3947 # endif
3948 can_spell))
3950 char_u *prev_ptr, *p;
3951 int len;
3952 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3953 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3954 if (has_mbyte)
3956 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l;
3957 v -= mb_l - 1;
3959 else
3960 # endif
3961 prev_ptr = ptr - 1;
3963 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the
3964 * next line concatenated. */
3965 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0)
3966 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol;
3967 else
3968 p = prev_ptr;
3969 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line);
3970 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col,
3971 nochange);
3972 word_end = v + len;
3974 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that
3975 * doesn't touch the cursor. */
3976 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT
3977 && (State & INSERT) != 0
3978 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum
3979 && wp->w_cursor.col >=
3980 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line)
3981 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end)
3983 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT;
3984 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum;
3987 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr
3988 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx)
3990 /* Remember that the good word continues at the
3991 * start of the next line. */
3992 checked_lnum = lnum + 1;
3993 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx);
3996 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */
3997 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT)
3998 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf];
4000 if (cap_col > 0)
4002 if (p != prev_ptr
4003 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx)
4005 /* Remember that the word in the next line
4006 * must start with a capital. */
4007 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4008 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col
4009 - nextline_idx);
4011 else
4012 /* Compute the actual column. */
4013 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line);
4017 if (spell_attr != 0)
4019 if (!attr_pri)
4020 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr);
4021 else
4022 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr);
4024 #endif
4025 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4027 * Found last space before word: check for line break.
4029 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)
4030 && !wp->w_p_list)
4032 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - (
4033 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4034 has_mbyte ? mb_l :
4035 # endif
4036 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1;
4037 c_extra = ' ';
4038 if (vim_iswhite(c))
4039 c = ' ';
4041 #endif
4043 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ')
4045 c = lcs_trail;
4046 if (!attr_pri)
4048 n_attr = 1;
4049 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4050 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4053 mb_c = c;
4054 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4056 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4057 u8cc[0] = 0;
4058 c = 0xc0;
4060 else
4061 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4062 #endif
4067 * Handling of non-printable characters.
4069 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR))
4072 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to
4073 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it
4074 * into "ScreenLines".
4076 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
4078 /* tab amount depends on current column */
4079 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts
4080 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1;
4081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4082 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4083 #endif
4084 if (wp->w_p_list)
4086 c = lcs_tab1;
4087 c_extra = lcs_tab2;
4088 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4089 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4090 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4092 mb_c = c;
4093 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4095 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4096 u8cc[0] = 0;
4097 c = 0xc0;
4099 #endif
4101 else
4103 c_extra = ' ';
4104 c = ' ';
4107 else if (c == NUL
4108 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0)
4109 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0)
4110 && tocol > vcol
4111 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
4112 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V
4113 #endif
4114 && (
4115 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4116 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4117 # endif
4118 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))
4119 && !(noinvcur
4120 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol)))
4121 && lcs_eol_one >= 0)
4123 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra
4124 * character if the line break is included. */
4125 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR)
4126 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the
4127 * "$". */
4128 if (
4129 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4130 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0
4131 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4133 # endif
4134 # endif
4135 # ifdef LINE_ATTR
4136 line_attr == 0
4137 # endif
4139 #endif
4141 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4142 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend
4143 * beyond end of line. */
4144 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active()
4145 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol)
4146 n_extra = 0;
4147 else
4148 #endif
4150 p_extra = at_end_str;
4151 n_extra = 1;
4152 c_extra = NUL;
4155 if (wp->w_p_list)
4156 c = lcs_eol;
4157 else
4158 c = ' ';
4159 lcs_eol_one = -1;
4160 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4161 if (!attr_pri)
4163 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4164 n_attr = 1;
4166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4167 mb_c = c;
4168 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4170 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4171 u8cc[0] = 0;
4172 c = 0xc0;
4174 else
4175 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4176 #endif
4178 else if (c != NUL)
4180 p_extra = transchar(c);
4181 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4182 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl)
4183 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */
4184 #endif
4185 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1;
4186 c_extra = NUL;
4187 c = *p_extra++;
4188 if (!attr_pri)
4190 n_attr = n_extra + 1;
4191 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
4192 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4195 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4196 #endif
4198 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
4199 else if (VIsual_active
4200 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V
4201 || VIsual_mode == 'v')
4202 && virtual_active()
4203 && tocol != MAXCOL
4204 && vcol < tocol
4205 && (
4206 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4207 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4208 # endif
4209 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4211 c = ' ';
4212 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4214 #endif
4215 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4216 else if ((
4217 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4218 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 ||
4219 # endif
4220 line_attr != 0
4221 ) && (
4222 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4223 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) :
4224 # endif
4225 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))))
4227 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */
4228 c = ' ';
4229 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */
4231 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */
4232 ++did_line_attr;
4234 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */
4235 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0)
4236 char_attr = line_attr;
4237 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4238 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD)
4240 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD;
4241 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr)
4242 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf);
4244 # endif
4246 #endif
4250 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */
4251 if (n_attr > 0
4252 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4253 && !attr_pri)
4254 char_attr = extra_attr;
4256 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
4257 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send
4258 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use
4259 * im_is_preediting() here. */
4260 if (xic != NULL
4261 && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
4262 && (State & INSERT)
4263 && !p_imdisable
4264 && im_is_preediting()
4265 && draw_state == WL_LINE)
4267 colnr_T tcol;
4269 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL)
4270 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL);
4271 else
4272 tcol = preedit_end_col;
4273 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol)
4275 if (feedback_old_attr < 0)
4277 feedback_col = 0;
4278 feedback_old_attr = char_attr;
4280 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col);
4281 if (char_attr < 0)
4282 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4283 feedback_col++;
4285 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0)
4287 char_attr = feedback_old_attr;
4288 feedback_old_attr = -1;
4289 feedback_col = 0;
4292 #endif
4294 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first
4295 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a
4296 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>".
4298 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL
4299 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0)
4300 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4301 && filler_todo <= 0
4302 #endif
4303 && draw_state > WL_NR
4304 && c != NUL)
4306 c = lcs_prec;
4307 lcs_prec_todo = NUL;
4308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4309 mb_c = c;
4310 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4312 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4313 u8cc[0] = 0;
4314 c = 0xc0;
4316 else
4317 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */
4318 #endif
4319 if (!attr_pri)
4321 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */
4322 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */
4323 n_attr3 = 1;
4328 * At end of the text line or just after the last character.
4330 if (c == NUL
4331 #if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4332 || did_line_attr == 1
4333 #endif
4336 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4337 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL);
4339 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */
4340 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol)
4341 ++prevcol;
4342 #endif
4344 /* invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or
4345 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last
4346 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not
4347 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */
4348 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4349 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE;
4350 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol)
4351 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4352 else
4354 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4355 while (cur != NULL)
4357 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol)
4359 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE;
4360 break;
4362 cur = cur->next;
4365 #endif
4366 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one
4367 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol && c == NUL)
4368 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4369 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */
4370 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE
4371 # if defined(LINE_ATTR)
4372 && did_line_attr <= 1
4373 # endif
4375 #endif
4378 int n = 0;
4380 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4381 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4383 if (col < 0)
4384 n = 1;
4386 else
4387 #endif
4389 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))
4390 n = -1;
4392 if (n != 0)
4394 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character
4395 * instead (better than nothing). */
4396 off += n;
4397 col += n;
4399 else
4401 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */
4402 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4404 if (enc_utf8)
4405 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4406 #endif
4408 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
4409 if (area_attr == 0)
4411 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among
4412 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */
4413 char_attr = search_hl.attr;
4414 cur = wp->w_match_head;
4415 shl_flag = FALSE;
4416 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
4418 if (shl_flag == FALSE
4419 && ((cur != NULL
4420 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY)
4421 || cur == NULL))
4423 shl = &search_hl;
4424 shl_flag = TRUE;
4426 else
4427 shl = &cur->hl;
4428 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol)
4429 char_attr = shl->attr;
4430 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
4431 cur = cur->next;
4434 #endif
4435 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4436 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4437 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4439 --col;
4440 --off;
4442 else
4443 #endif
4445 ++col;
4446 ++off;
4448 ++vcol;
4449 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4450 eol_hl_off = 1;
4451 #endif
4456 * At end of the text line.
4458 if (c == NUL)
4460 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4461 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4463 /* highlight last char after line */
4464 --col;
4465 --off;
4466 --vcol;
4469 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' past end of the line. */
4470 if (wp->w_p_wrap)
4471 v = wp->w_skipcol;
4472 else
4473 v = wp->w_leftcol;
4474 /* check if line ends before left margin */
4475 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp))
4477 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp);
4478 if (wp->w_p_cuc
4479 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= vcol - eol_hl_off
4480 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1)
4482 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4483 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4484 && !wp->w_p_rl
4485 # endif
4488 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp))
4490 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
4491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4492 if (enc_utf8)
4493 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4494 #endif
4495 ++col;
4496 if (vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol)
4498 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC);
4499 break;
4501 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0;
4502 ++vcol;
4505 #endif
4507 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4508 wp->w_p_rl);
4509 row++;
4512 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was
4513 * updated (saves a call to plines() later).
4515 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
4517 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow;
4518 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow;
4519 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
4520 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE;
4521 #endif
4522 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW);
4525 break;
4528 /* line continues beyond line end */
4529 if (lcs_ext
4530 && !wp->w_p_wrap
4531 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4532 && filler_todo <= 0
4533 #endif
4534 && (
4535 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4536 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 :
4537 #endif
4538 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)
4539 && (*ptr != NUL
4540 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0)
4541 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))))
4543 c = lcs_ext;
4544 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT);
4545 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4546 mb_c = c;
4547 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
4549 mb_utf8 = TRUE;
4550 u8cc[0] = 0;
4551 c = 0xc0;
4553 else
4554 mb_utf8 = FALSE;
4555 #endif
4558 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4559 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't
4560 * highlight the cursor position itself. */
4561 if (wp->w_p_cuc && vcol == (long)wp->w_virtcol
4562 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum
4563 && draw_state == WL_LINE
4564 && !lnum_in_visual_area)
4566 vcol_save_attr = char_attr;
4567 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC));
4569 else
4570 vcol_save_attr = -1;
4571 #endif
4574 * Store character to be displayed.
4575 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'.
4577 vcol_prev = vcol;
4578 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0)
4581 * Store the character.
4583 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
4584 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4586 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */
4587 --off;
4588 --col;
4590 #endif
4591 ScreenLines[off] = c;
4592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4593 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
4594 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4595 else if (enc_utf8)
4597 if (mb_utf8)
4599 int i;
4601 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c;
4602 if ((c & 0xff) == 0)
4603 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */
4604 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4606 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
4607 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
4608 break;
4611 else
4612 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
4614 if (multi_attr)
4616 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr;
4617 multi_attr = 0;
4619 else
4620 #endif
4621 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr;
4623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4624 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1)
4626 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */
4627 ++off;
4628 ++col;
4629 if (enc_utf8)
4630 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */
4631 ScreenLines[off] = 0;
4632 else
4633 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */
4634 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff;
4635 ++vcol;
4636 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of
4637 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */
4638 if (tocol == vcol)
4639 ++tocol;
4640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4641 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4643 /* now it's time to backup one cell */
4644 --off;
4645 --col;
4647 #endif
4649 #endif
4650 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4651 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4653 --off;
4654 --col;
4656 else
4657 #endif
4659 ++off;
4660 ++col;
4663 else
4664 --n_skip;
4666 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' column. */
4667 if (draw_state >= WL_SBR
4668 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4669 && filler_todo <= 0
4670 #endif
4672 ++vcol;
4674 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
4675 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0)
4676 char_attr = vcol_save_attr;
4677 #endif
4679 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */
4680 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0)
4681 char_attr = saved_attr3;
4683 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */
4684 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0)
4685 char_attr = saved_attr2;
4688 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line
4689 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above.
4691 if ((
4692 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4693 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) :
4694 #endif
4695 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)))
4696 && (*ptr != NUL
4697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4698 || filler_todo > 0
4699 #endif
4700 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str)
4701 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))
4704 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, (int)W_WIDTH(wp),
4705 wp->w_p_rl);
4706 ++row;
4707 ++screen_row;
4709 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed
4710 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */
4711 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap
4712 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4713 && filler_todo <= 0
4714 #endif
4715 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1)
4716 break;
4718 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */
4719 if (draw_state != WL_LINE
4720 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4721 && filler_todo <= 0
4722 #endif
4725 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT);
4726 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
4727 draw_vsep_win(wp, row);
4728 #endif
4729 row = endrow;
4732 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */
4733 if (row == endrow)
4735 ++row;
4736 break;
4739 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1
4740 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4741 && filler_todo <= 0
4742 #endif
4743 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns)
4745 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */
4746 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE;
4749 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with
4750 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of
4751 * the line. This will work with all terminal types
4752 * (regardless of the xn,am settings).
4753 * Only do this on a fast tty.
4754 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line
4755 * (something has been written in it).
4756 * Don't do this for the GUI.
4757 * Don't do this for double-width characters.
4758 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border.
4760 if (p_tf
4761 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4762 && !gui.in_use
4763 #endif
4764 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4765 && !(has_mbyte
4766 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row],
4767 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4768 == 2
4769 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4770 + (int)Columns - 2,
4771 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns)
4772 == 2))
4773 #endif
4776 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line,
4777 * then output the same character again to let the
4778 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't
4779 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */
4780 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp))
4781 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4782 + (unsigned)Columns - 1,
4783 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1));
4785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4786 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a
4787 * space to keep it simple. */
4788 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[
4789 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1)
4790 out_char(' ');
4791 else
4792 #endif
4793 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1]
4794 + (Columns - 1)]);
4795 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */
4796 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1;
4797 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
4801 col = 0;
4802 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4803 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4804 if (wp->w_p_rl)
4806 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */
4807 off += col;
4809 #endif
4811 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */
4812 draw_state = WL_START;
4813 saved_n_extra = n_extra;
4814 saved_p_extra = p_extra;
4815 saved_c_extra = c_extra;
4816 saved_char_attr = char_attr;
4817 n_extra = 0;
4818 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec;
4819 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
4820 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4821 if (filler_todo <= 0)
4822 # endif
4823 need_showbreak = TRUE;
4824 #endif
4825 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
4826 --filler_todo;
4827 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the
4828 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */
4829 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill)
4830 break;
4831 #endif
4834 } /* for every character in the line */
4836 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
4837 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */
4838 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL)
4840 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1;
4841 cap_col = 0;
4843 #endif
4845 return row;
4848 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4849 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int));
4852 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ.
4854 static int
4855 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)
4856 int off_from;
4857 int off_to;
4859 int i;
4861 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
4863 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to])
4864 return TRUE;
4865 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0)
4866 break;
4868 return FALSE;
4870 #endif
4873 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing:
4874 * - the (first byte of the) character is different
4875 * - the attributes are different
4876 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different
4877 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs.
4879 static int
4880 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols)
4881 int off_from;
4882 int off_to;
4883 int cols;
4885 if (cols > 0
4886 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to]
4887 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
4889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4890 || (enc_dbcs != 0
4891 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1
4892 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e
4893 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to]
4894 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4895 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4896 || (enc_utf8
4897 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
4898 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0
4899 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to))
4900 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1]
4901 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1])))
4902 #endif
4904 return TRUE;
4905 return FALSE;
4909 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that
4910 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character.
4911 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line.
4912 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are.
4913 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line
4914 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise.
4915 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window:
4916 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol"
4917 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width"
4919 static void
4920 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width
4921 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4922 , rlflag
4923 #endif
4925 int row;
4926 int coloff;
4927 int endcol;
4928 int clear_width;
4929 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4930 int rlflag;
4931 #endif
4933 unsigned off_from;
4934 unsigned off_to;
4935 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4936 unsigned max_off_from;
4937 unsigned max_off_to;
4938 #endif
4939 int col = 0;
4940 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
4941 int hl;
4942 #endif
4943 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */
4944 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */
4945 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
4946 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */
4947 #endif
4949 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */
4950 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4951 int clear_next = FALSE;
4952 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */
4953 /* 2: occupies two display cells */
4954 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells
4955 #else
4956 # define CHAR_CELLS 1
4957 #endif
4959 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
4960 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row);
4961 # endif
4963 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines);
4964 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff;
4965 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4966 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns;
4967 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
4968 #endif
4970 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
4971 if (rlflag)
4973 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */
4974 if (clear_width > 0)
4976 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
4977 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
4978 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4979 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
4980 # endif
4983 ++off_to;
4984 ++col;
4986 if (col <= endcol)
4987 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff,
4988 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0);
4990 col = endcol + 1;
4991 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff;
4992 off_from += col;
4993 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width);
4995 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */
4997 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col);
4999 while (col < endcol)
5001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5002 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol))
5003 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from);
5004 else
5005 char_cells = 1;
5006 #endif
5008 redraw_this = redraw_next;
5009 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS,
5010 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS);
5012 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5013 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to
5014 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only
5015 * happens in the GUI.
5017 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use)
5019 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS];
5020 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5021 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5022 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5023 redraw_this = TRUE;
5025 #endif
5027 if (redraw_this)
5030 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm):
5031 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the
5032 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The
5033 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the
5034 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must
5035 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted
5036 * character.
5037 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need
5038 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it
5039 * completely.
5041 if ( p_wiv
5042 && !force
5043 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5044 && !gui.in_use
5045 #endif
5046 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0
5047 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to])
5050 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here.
5052 windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5053 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */
5054 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
5055 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */
5056 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */
5059 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop
5060 * highlighting at this character.
5062 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0)
5064 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1];
5065 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff);
5066 screen_stop_highlight();
5068 else
5069 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */
5071 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5072 if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5074 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or
5075 * the other way around requires another character to be
5076 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing
5077 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */
5078 if (char_cells == 1
5079 && col + 1 < endcol
5080 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5082 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell
5083 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */
5084 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0;
5085 redraw_next = TRUE;
5087 else if (char_cells == 2
5088 && col + 2 < endcol
5089 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5090 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)
5092 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over
5093 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second
5094 * cell. */
5095 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0;
5096 redraw_next = TRUE;
5099 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
5100 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from];
5102 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width
5103 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out
5104 * the right halve of the old character.
5105 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width
5106 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */
5107 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol
5108 && ((char_cells == 1
5109 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1)
5110 || (char_cells == 2
5111 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1
5112 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1)))
5113 clear_next = TRUE;
5114 #endif
5116 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from];
5117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5118 if (enc_utf8)
5120 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from];
5121 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0)
5123 int i;
5125 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
5126 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from];
5129 if (char_cells == 2)
5130 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1];
5131 #endif
5133 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
5134 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
5135 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
5136 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
5137 * and for some xterms. */
5138 if (
5139 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
5140 gui.in_use
5141 # endif
5142 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
5144 # endif
5145 # ifdef UNIX
5146 term_is_xterm
5147 # endif
5150 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5151 if (hl > HL_ALL)
5152 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl);
5153 if (hl & HL_BOLD)
5154 redraw_next = TRUE;
5156 #endif
5157 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5159 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a
5160 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */
5161 if (char_cells == 2)
5162 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from];
5164 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2)
5165 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5166 else
5167 #endif
5168 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5170 else if ( p_wiv
5171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5172 && !gui.in_use
5173 #endif
5174 && col + coloff > 0)
5176 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1])
5179 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will
5180 * stop the highlighting when it should continue.
5182 screen_attr = 0;
5184 else if (screen_attr != 0)
5185 screen_stop_highlight();
5188 off_to += CHAR_CELLS;
5189 off_from += CHAR_CELLS;
5190 col += CHAR_CELLS;
5193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5194 if (clear_next)
5196 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left
5197 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */
5198 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' ';
5199 if (enc_utf8)
5200 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5201 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5203 #endif
5205 if (clear_width > 0
5206 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
5207 && !rlflag
5208 #endif
5211 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5212 int startCol = col;
5213 #endif
5215 /* blank out the rest of the line */
5216 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' '
5217 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0
5218 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5219 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0)
5220 #endif
5223 ++off_to;
5224 ++col;
5226 if (col < clear_width)
5228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
5230 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels
5231 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold
5232 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous
5233 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we
5234 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway.
5236 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this))
5238 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to];
5239 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD))
5241 int prev_cells = 1;
5242 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5243 if (enc_utf8)
5244 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means
5245 * that its width is 2. */
5246 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1;
5247 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
5249 /* find previous character by counting from first
5250 * column and get its width. */
5251 unsigned off = LineOffset[row];
5252 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
5254 while (off < off_to)
5256 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off);
5257 off += prev_cells;
5261 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1)
5262 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5263 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5264 else
5265 # endif
5266 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row,
5267 col + coloff - prev_cells);
5270 #endif
5271 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff,
5272 ' ', ' ', 0);
5273 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5274 off_to += clear_width - col;
5275 col = clear_width;
5276 #endif
5280 if (clear_width > 0)
5282 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5283 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */
5284 if (col + coloff < Columns)
5286 int c;
5288 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5289 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c
5290 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5291 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to]
5292 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
5293 # endif
5294 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl)
5296 ScreenLines[off_to] = c;
5297 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl;
5298 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5299 if (enc_utf8)
5301 if (c >= 0x80)
5303 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c;
5304 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0;
5306 else
5307 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0;
5309 # endif
5310 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff);
5313 else
5314 #endif
5315 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
5319 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
5321 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying.
5322 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers).
5324 void
5325 rl_mirror(str)
5326 char_u *str;
5328 char_u *p1, *p2;
5329 int t;
5331 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2)
5333 t = *p1;
5334 *p1 = *p2;
5335 *p2 = t;
5338 #endif
5340 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5342 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd
5344 void
5345 status_redraw_all()
5347 win_T *wp;
5349 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5350 if (wp->w_status_height)
5352 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5353 redraw_later(VALID);
5358 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw
5360 void
5361 status_redraw_curbuf()
5363 win_T *wp;
5365 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5366 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
5368 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5369 redraw_later(VALID);
5374 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn.
5376 void
5377 redraw_statuslines()
5379 win_T *wp;
5381 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next)
5382 if (wp->w_redr_status)
5383 win_redr_status(wp);
5384 if (redraw_tabline)
5385 draw_tabline();
5387 #endif
5389 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO)
5391 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp".
5393 void
5394 win_redraw_last_status(frp)
5395 frame_T *frp;
5397 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF)
5398 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5399 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW)
5401 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next)
5402 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5404 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */
5406 frp = frp->fr_child;
5407 while (frp->fr_next != NULL)
5408 frp = frp->fr_next;
5409 win_redraw_last_status(frp);
5412 #endif
5414 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5416 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row".
5418 static void
5419 draw_vsep_win(wp, row)
5420 win_T *wp;
5421 int row;
5423 int hl;
5424 int c;
5426 if (wp->w_vsep_width)
5428 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */
5429 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl);
5430 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
5431 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1,
5432 c, ' ', hl);
5435 #endif
5437 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
5438 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5439 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s));
5442 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line.
5444 static int
5445 status_match_len(xp, s)
5446 expand_T *xp;
5447 char_u *s;
5449 int len = 0;
5451 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5452 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5453 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5455 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */
5456 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5457 return 1;
5458 #endif
5460 while (*s != NUL)
5462 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5463 len += ptr2cells(s);
5464 mb_ptr_adv(s);
5467 return len;
5471 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match.
5472 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags.
5474 static int
5475 skip_status_match_char(xp, s)
5476 expand_T *xp;
5477 char_u *s;
5479 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP)
5480 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5481 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5482 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES)
5483 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL)))
5484 #endif
5487 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
5488 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!')
5489 return 2;
5490 #endif
5491 return 1;
5493 return 0;
5497 * Show wildchar matches in the status line.
5498 * Show at least the "match" item.
5499 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit.
5501 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5503 void
5504 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail)
5505 expand_T *xp;
5506 int num_matches;
5507 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */
5508 int match;
5509 int showtail;
5511 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m])
5512 int row;
5513 char_u *buf;
5514 int len;
5515 int clen; /* length in screen cells */
5516 int fillchar;
5517 int attr;
5518 int i;
5519 int highlight = TRUE;
5520 char_u *selstart = NULL;
5521 int selstart_col = 0;
5522 char_u *selend = NULL;
5523 static int first_match = 0;
5524 int add_left = FALSE;
5525 char_u *s;
5526 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5527 int emenu;
5528 #endif
5529 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU)
5530 int l;
5531 #endif
5533 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */
5534 return;
5536 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5537 if (has_mbyte)
5538 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1);
5539 else
5540 #endif
5541 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1);
5542 if (buf == NULL)
5543 return;
5545 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */
5547 match = 0;
5548 highlight = FALSE;
5550 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */
5551 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3;
5552 if (match == 0)
5553 first_match = 0;
5554 else if (match < first_match)
5556 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */
5557 first_match = match;
5558 add_left = TRUE;
5560 else
5562 /* check if match fits on the screen */
5563 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i)
5564 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5565 if (first_match > 0)
5566 clen += 2;
5567 /* jumping right, put match at the left */
5568 if ((long)clen > Columns)
5570 first_match = match;
5571 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */
5572 clen = 2;
5573 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i)
5575 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2;
5576 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5577 break;
5579 if (i == num_matches)
5580 add_left = TRUE;
5583 if (add_left)
5584 while (first_match > 0)
5586 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2;
5587 if ((long)clen >= Columns)
5588 break;
5589 --first_match;
5592 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE);
5594 if (first_match == 0)
5596 *buf = NUL;
5597 len = 0;
5599 else
5601 STRCPY(buf, "< ");
5602 len = 2;
5604 clen = len;
5606 i = first_match;
5607 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns)
5609 if (i == match)
5611 selstart = buf + len;
5612 selstart_col = clen;
5615 s = L_MATCH(i);
5616 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */
5617 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
5618 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS
5619 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES);
5620 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s))
5622 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|'));
5623 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5624 len += l;
5625 clen += l;
5627 else
5628 #endif
5629 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s)
5631 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s);
5632 clen += ptr2cells(s);
5633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5634 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1)
5636 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l);
5637 s += l - 1;
5638 len += l;
5640 else
5641 #endif
5643 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s));
5644 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len);
5647 if (i == match)
5648 selend = buf + len;
5650 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5651 *(buf + len++) = ' ';
5652 clen += 2;
5653 if (++i == num_matches)
5654 break;
5657 if (i != num_matches)
5659 *(buf + len++) = '>';
5660 ++clen;
5663 buf[len] = NUL;
5665 row = cmdline_row - 1;
5666 if (row >= 0)
5668 if (wild_menu_showing == 0)
5670 if (msg_scrolled > 0)
5672 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is
5673 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */
5674 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1)
5676 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL);
5677 ++msg_scrolled;
5679 else
5681 ++cmdline_row;
5682 ++row;
5684 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED;
5686 else
5688 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2.
5689 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is
5690 * resized. */
5691 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
5693 save_p_ls = p_ls;
5694 save_p_wmh = p_wmh;
5695 p_ls = 2;
5696 p_wmh = 0;
5697 last_status(FALSE);
5699 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN;
5703 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr);
5704 if (selstart != NULL && highlight)
5706 *selend = NUL;
5707 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM));
5710 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5713 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5714 win_redraw_last_status(topframe);
5715 #else
5716 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5717 #endif
5718 vim_free(buf);
5720 #endif
5722 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
5724 * Redraw the status line of window wp.
5726 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used.
5728 void
5729 win_redr_status(wp)
5730 win_T *wp;
5732 int row;
5733 char_u *p;
5734 int len;
5735 int fillchar;
5736 int attr;
5737 int this_ru_col;
5739 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE;
5740 if (wp->w_status_height == 0)
5742 /* no status line, can only be last window */
5743 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
5745 else if (!redrawing()
5746 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
5747 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be
5748 * drawn over it */
5749 || pum_visible()
5750 #endif
5753 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
5754 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
5756 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5757 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
5759 /* redraw custom status line */
5760 redraw_custum_statusline(wp);
5762 #endif
5763 else
5765 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5767 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer);
5768 p = NameBuff;
5769 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
5771 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help
5772 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5773 || wp->w_p_pvw
5774 #endif
5775 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)
5776 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5777 *(p + len++) = ' ';
5778 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help)
5780 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]"));
5781 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5783 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
5784 if (wp->w_p_pvw)
5786 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]"));
5787 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len);
5789 #endif
5790 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
5792 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]");
5793 len += 3;
5795 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro)
5797 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]");
5798 len += 4;
5801 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5802 this_ru_col = ru_col;
5803 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2)
5804 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
5805 #else
5806 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
5807 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
5808 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
5809 if (this_ru_col <= 1)
5811 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */
5812 len = 1;
5814 else
5815 #endif
5816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
5817 if (has_mbyte)
5819 int clen = 0, i;
5821 /* Count total number of display cells. */
5822 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5823 clen += (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5824 /* Find first character that will fit.
5825 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */
5826 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1;
5827 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i))
5828 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i);
5829 len = clen;
5830 if (i > 0)
5832 p = p + i - 1;
5833 *p = '<';
5834 ++len;
5838 else
5839 #endif
5840 if (len > this_ru_col - 1)
5842 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1);
5843 *p = '<';
5844 len = this_ru_col - 1;
5847 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
5848 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr);
5849 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp),
5850 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr);
5852 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL)
5853 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1))
5854 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff)
5855 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr);
5857 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
5858 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE);
5859 #endif
5862 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5864 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator.
5866 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing())
5868 if (stl_connected(wp))
5869 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
5870 else
5871 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr);
5872 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp),
5873 attr);
5875 #endif
5878 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
5880 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any
5881 * errors encountered.
5883 static void
5884 redraw_custum_statusline(wp)
5885 win_T *wp;
5887 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
5889 called_emsg = FALSE;
5890 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE);
5891 if (called_emsg)
5892 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1,
5893 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL
5894 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR);
5895 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
5897 #endif
5899 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
5901 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status
5902 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator.
5903 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0).
5906 stl_connected(wp)
5907 win_T *wp;
5909 frame_T *fr;
5911 fr = wp->w_frame;
5912 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL)
5914 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL)
5916 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5917 break;
5919 else
5921 if (fr->fr_next != NULL)
5922 return TRUE;
5924 fr = fr->fr_parent;
5926 return FALSE;
5928 # endif
5930 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */
5932 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5934 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'.
5937 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len)
5938 win_T *wp;
5939 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */
5940 int len; /* length of buffer */
5942 char_u *p;
5944 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP)
5945 return FALSE;
5948 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5949 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
5950 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
5951 char_u *s;
5953 curbuf = wp->w_buffer;
5954 curwin = wp;
5955 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */
5956 ++emsg_skip;
5957 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE);
5958 --emsg_skip;
5959 curbuf = old_curbuf;
5960 curwin = old_curwin;
5961 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
5962 #endif
5964 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
5965 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED)
5966 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap;
5967 else
5968 #endif
5969 p = (char_u *)"lang";
5971 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len)
5972 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p);
5973 else
5974 buf[0] = NUL;
5975 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
5976 vim_free(s);
5977 #endif
5979 return buf[0] != NUL;
5981 #endif
5983 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO)
5985 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp".
5986 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'.
5988 static void
5989 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler)
5990 win_T *wp;
5991 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */
5993 int attr;
5994 int curattr;
5995 int row;
5996 int col = 0;
5997 int maxwidth;
5998 int width;
5999 int n;
6000 int len;
6001 int fillchar;
6002 char_u buf[MAXPATHL];
6003 char_u *p;
6004 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6005 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM];
6006 int use_sandbox = FALSE;
6008 /* setup environment for the task at hand */
6009 if (wp == NULL)
6011 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */
6012 p = p_tal;
6013 row = 0;
6014 fillchar = ' ';
6015 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
6016 maxwidth = Columns;
6017 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6018 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0);
6019 # endif
6021 else
6023 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
6024 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
6025 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp);
6027 if (draw_ruler)
6029 p = p_ruf;
6030 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */
6031 if (*p == '%')
6033 if (*++p == '-')
6034 p++;
6035 if (atoi((char *) p))
6036 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
6037 p++;
6038 if (*p++ != '(')
6039 p = p_ruf;
6041 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6042 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp));
6043 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2)
6044 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2;
6045 #else
6046 col = ru_col;
6047 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2)
6048 col = (Columns + 1) / 2;
6049 #endif
6050 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col;
6051 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6052 if (!wp->w_status_height)
6053 #endif
6055 row = Rows - 1;
6056 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */
6057 fillchar = ' ';
6058 attr = 0;
6061 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6062 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0);
6063 # endif
6065 else
6067 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL)
6068 p = wp->w_p_stl;
6069 else
6070 p = p_stl;
6071 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
6072 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline",
6073 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL);
6074 # endif
6077 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
6078 col += W_WINCOL(wp);
6079 #endif
6082 if (maxwidth <= 0)
6083 return;
6085 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp,
6086 buf, sizeof(buf),
6087 p, use_sandbox,
6088 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab);
6089 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
6091 while (width < maxwidth && len < sizeof(buf) - 1)
6093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6094 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len);
6095 #else
6096 buf[len++] = fillchar;
6097 #endif
6098 ++width;
6100 buf[len] = NUL;
6103 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting.
6105 curattr = attr;
6106 p = buf;
6107 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6109 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p);
6110 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr);
6111 col += vim_strnsize(p, len);
6112 p = hltab[n].start;
6114 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0)
6115 curattr = attr;
6116 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0)
6117 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl);
6118 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
6119 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0)
6120 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6121 #endif
6122 else
6123 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1];
6125 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr);
6127 if (wp == NULL)
6129 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */
6130 col = 0;
6131 len = 0;
6132 p = buf;
6133 fillchar = 0;
6134 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++)
6136 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p));
6137 while (col < len)
6138 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6139 p = tabtab[n].start;
6140 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl;
6142 while (col < Columns)
6143 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar;
6147 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */
6150 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines.
6152 void
6153 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr)
6154 int c;
6155 int row, col;
6156 int attr;
6158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6159 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6161 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL;
6162 #else
6163 char_u buf[2];
6165 buf[0] = c;
6166 buf[1] = NUL;
6167 #endif
6168 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr);
6172 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]".
6173 * Also return its attribute in *attrp;
6175 void
6176 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp)
6177 int row, col;
6178 char_u *bytes;
6179 int *attrp;
6181 unsigned off;
6183 /* safety check */
6184 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns)
6186 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6187 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off];
6188 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6189 bytes[1] = NUL;
6191 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6192 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6193 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL;
6194 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6196 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off];
6197 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off];
6198 bytes[2] = NUL;
6200 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1)
6202 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1];
6203 bytes[2] = NUL;
6205 #endif
6209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6210 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*));
6213 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from
6214 * composing characters in "u8cc".
6216 static int
6217 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)
6218 int off;
6219 int *u8cc;
6221 int i;
6223 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6225 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i])
6226 return TRUE;
6227 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6228 break;
6230 return FALSE;
6232 #endif
6235 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with
6236 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[].
6237 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary!
6238 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done.
6240 void
6241 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr)
6242 char_u *text;
6243 int row;
6244 int col;
6245 int attr;
6247 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr);
6251 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to
6252 * a NUL.
6254 void
6255 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr)
6256 char_u *text;
6257 int len;
6258 int row;
6259 int col;
6260 int attr;
6262 unsigned off;
6263 char_u *ptr = text;
6264 int c;
6265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6266 unsigned max_off;
6267 int mbyte_blen = 1;
6268 int mbyte_cells = 1;
6269 int u8c = 0;
6270 int u8cc[MAX_MCO];
6271 int clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6272 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6273 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */
6274 int pc, nc, nc1;
6275 int pcc[MAX_MCO];
6276 # endif
6277 #endif
6279 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */
6280 return;
6282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6283 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the
6284 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */
6285 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns
6286 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6287 && !gui.in_use
6288 # endif
6289 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col)
6290 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, col - 1, 0);
6291 #endif
6293 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
6294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6295 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns;
6296 #endif
6297 while (col < screen_Columns
6298 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len)
6299 && *ptr != NUL)
6301 c = *ptr;
6302 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6303 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */
6304 if (has_mbyte)
6306 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0)
6307 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6308 else
6309 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
6310 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6311 mbyte_cells = 1;
6312 else if (enc_dbcs != 0)
6313 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen;
6314 else /* enc_utf8 */
6316 if (len >= 0)
6317 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc,
6318 (int)((text + len) - ptr));
6319 else
6320 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc);
6321 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c);
6322 # ifdef UNICODE16
6323 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */
6324 if (u8c >= 0x10000)
6326 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?';
6327 if (attr == 0)
6328 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
6330 # endif
6331 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
6332 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c))
6334 /* Do Arabic shaping. */
6335 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len)
6337 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */
6338 nc = NUL;
6339 nc1 = NUL;
6341 else
6343 nc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc);
6344 nc1 = pcc[0];
6346 pc = prev_c;
6347 prev_c = u8c;
6348 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc);
6350 else
6351 prev_c = u8c;
6352 # endif
6355 #endif
6357 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
6358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6359 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6360 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0))
6361 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
6362 && c == 0x8e
6363 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1])
6364 || (enc_utf8
6365 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != (u8char_T)(c >= 0x80 ? u8c : 0)
6366 || screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))
6367 #endif
6368 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
6369 || exmode_active
6372 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
6373 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next
6374 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next
6375 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI
6376 * and for some xterms.
6377 * Force the redraw by setting the attribute to a different value
6378 * than "attr", the contents of ScreenLines[] may be needed by
6379 * mb_off2cells() further on.
6380 * Don't do this for the last drawn character, because the next
6381 * character may not be redrawn. */
6382 if (
6383 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
6384 gui.in_use
6385 # endif
6386 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
6388 # endif
6389 # ifdef UNIX
6390 term_is_xterm
6391 # endif
6394 int n;
6396 n = ScreenAttrs[off];
6397 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6398 if (col + mbyte_cells < screen_Columns
6399 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
6400 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] != NUL
6401 : ptr + mbyte_blen < text + len))
6402 ScreenAttrs[off + mbyte_cells] = attr + 1;
6403 # else
6404 if (col + 1 < screen_Columns
6405 && (n > HL_ALL || (n & HL_BOLD))
6406 && (len < 0 ? ptr[1] != NUL : ptr + 1 < text + len))
6407 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6408 # endif
6410 #endif
6411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6412 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell
6413 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next
6414 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char
6415 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once
6416 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */
6417 if (clear_next_cell)
6418 clear_next_cell = FALSE;
6419 else if (has_mbyte
6420 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL
6421 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len)
6422 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6423 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6424 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6425 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6426 clear_next_cell = TRUE;
6428 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind,
6429 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */
6430 if (enc_dbcs
6431 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1)
6432 || (mbyte_cells == 2
6433 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1
6434 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1)))
6435 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0;
6436 #endif
6437 ScreenLines[off] = c;
6438 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
6439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6440 if (enc_utf8)
6442 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0)
6443 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
6444 else
6446 int i;
6448 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c;
6449 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
6451 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i];
6452 if (u8cc[i] == 0)
6453 break;
6456 if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6458 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0;
6459 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6461 screen_char(off, row, col);
6463 else if (mbyte_cells == 2)
6465 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1];
6466 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr;
6467 screen_char_2(off, row, col);
6469 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e)
6471 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1];
6472 screen_char(off, row, col);
6474 else
6475 #endif
6476 screen_char(off, row, col);
6478 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6479 if (has_mbyte)
6481 off += mbyte_cells;
6482 col += mbyte_cells;
6483 ptr += mbyte_blen;
6484 if (clear_next_cell)
6485 ptr = (char_u *)" ";
6487 else
6488 #endif
6490 ++off;
6491 ++col;
6492 ++ptr;
6497 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA
6499 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6501 static void
6502 start_search_hl()
6504 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch)
6506 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm);
6507 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L);
6508 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6509 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */
6510 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm);
6511 # endif
6516 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting.
6518 static void
6519 end_search_hl()
6521 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL)
6523 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog);
6524 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL;
6529 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it.
6531 static void
6532 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum)
6533 win_T *wp;
6534 linenr_T lnum;
6536 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */
6537 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6538 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl
6539 has been processed or not */
6540 int n;
6543 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top
6544 * of the window or just after a closed fold.
6545 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list.
6547 cur = wp->w_match_head;
6548 shl_flag = FALSE;
6549 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE)
6551 if (shl_flag == FALSE)
6553 shl = &search_hl;
6554 shl_flag = TRUE;
6556 else
6557 shl = &cur->hl;
6558 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL
6559 && shl->lnum == 0
6560 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog))
6562 if (shl->first_lnum == 0)
6564 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
6565 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum;
6566 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum)
6567 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1,
6568 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL))
6569 break;
6570 # else
6571 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline;
6572 # endif
6574 n = 0;
6575 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL)
6577 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n);
6578 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6580 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum
6581 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum
6582 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6583 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6585 else
6587 ++shl->first_lnum;
6588 n = 0;
6592 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL)
6593 cur = cur->next;
6598 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match.
6599 * Uses shl->buf.
6600 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents.
6601 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless
6602 * shl->lnum is zero.
6603 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid.
6605 static void
6606 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol)
6607 win_T *win;
6608 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */
6609 linenr_T lnum;
6610 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */
6612 linenr_T l;
6613 colnr_T matchcol;
6614 long nmatched;
6616 if (shl->lnum != 0)
6618 /* Check for three situations:
6619 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search.
6620 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it.
6621 * 3. Continue after the previous match.
6623 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6624 if (lnum > l)
6625 shl->lnum = 0;
6626 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6627 return;
6631 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol"
6632 * or none is found in this line.
6634 called_emsg = FALSE;
6635 for (;;)
6637 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6638 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */
6639 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm)))
6641 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */
6642 break;
6644 #endif
6645 /* Three situations:
6646 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line.
6647 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character.
6648 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line.
6649 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match.
6651 if (shl->lnum == 0)
6652 matchcol = 0;
6653 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL
6654 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0
6655 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col))
6657 char_u *ml;
6659 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col;
6660 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol;
6661 if (*ml == NUL)
6663 ++matchcol;
6664 shl->lnum = 0;
6665 break;
6667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6668 if (has_mbyte)
6669 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml);
6670 else
6671 #endif
6672 ++matchcol;
6674 else
6675 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col;
6677 shl->lnum = lnum;
6678 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol,
6679 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME
6680 &(shl->tm)
6681 #else
6682 NULL
6683 #endif
6685 if (called_emsg)
6687 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */
6688 if (shl == &search_hl)
6690 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */
6691 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog);
6692 no_hlsearch = TRUE;
6694 shl->rm.regprog = NULL;
6695 shl->lnum = 0;
6696 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */
6697 break;
6699 if (nmatched == 0)
6701 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */
6702 break;
6704 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0
6705 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol
6706 || nmatched > 1
6707 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol)
6709 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum;
6710 break; /* useful match found */
6714 #endif
6716 static void
6717 screen_start_highlight(attr)
6718 int attr;
6720 attrentry_T *aep = NULL;
6722 screen_attr = attr;
6723 if (full_screen
6724 #ifdef WIN3264
6725 && termcap_active
6726 #endif
6729 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6730 if (gui.in_use)
6732 char buf[20];
6734 /* The GUI handles this internally. */
6735 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr);
6736 OUT_STR(buf);
6738 else
6739 #endif
6741 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6743 if (t_colors > 1)
6744 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
6745 else
6746 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);
6747 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6748 attr = 0;
6749 else
6750 attr = aep->ae_attr;
6752 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */
6753 out_str(T_MD);
6754 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6755 && cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6756 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL
6757 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */
6758 out_str(T_ME);
6759 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */
6760 out_str(T_SO);
6761 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL)
6762 /* underline or undercurl */
6763 out_str(T_US);
6764 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */
6765 out_str(T_CZH);
6766 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */
6767 out_str(T_MR);
6770 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the
6771 * bold etc. override the color setting.
6773 if (aep != NULL)
6775 if (t_colors > 1)
6777 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color)
6778 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1);
6779 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
6780 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1);
6782 else
6784 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
6785 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start);
6792 void
6793 screen_stop_highlight()
6795 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */
6797 if (screen_attr != 0
6798 #ifdef WIN3264
6799 && termcap_active
6800 #endif
6803 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
6804 if (gui.in_use)
6806 char buf[20];
6808 /* use internal GUI code */
6809 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr);
6810 OUT_STR(buf);
6812 else
6813 #endif
6815 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */
6817 attrentry_T *aep;
6819 if (t_colors > 1)
6822 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors!
6824 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6825 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
6826 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color))
6827 do_ME = TRUE;
6829 else
6831 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr);
6832 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL)
6834 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0)
6835 do_ME = TRUE;
6836 else
6837 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
6840 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */
6841 screen_attr = 0;
6842 else
6843 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr;
6847 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the
6848 * same sequence several times.
6850 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT)
6852 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0)
6853 do_ME = TRUE;
6854 else
6855 out_str(T_SE);
6857 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL))
6859 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0)
6860 do_ME = TRUE;
6861 else
6862 out_str(T_UE);
6864 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC)
6866 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0)
6867 do_ME = TRUE;
6868 else
6869 out_str(T_CZR);
6871 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE)))
6872 out_str(T_ME);
6874 if (t_colors > 1)
6876 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6877 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0)
6878 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1);
6879 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0)
6880 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1);
6881 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6882 out_str(T_MD);
6886 screen_attr = 0;
6890 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim.
6891 * The machine specific code may override this again.
6893 void
6894 reset_cterm_colors()
6896 if (t_colors > 1)
6898 /* set Normal cterm colors */
6899 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
6901 out_str(T_OP);
6902 screen_attr = -1;
6904 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold)
6906 out_str(T_ME);
6907 screen_attr = -1;
6913 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col",
6914 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"].
6916 static void
6917 screen_char(off, row, col)
6918 unsigned off;
6919 int row;
6920 int col;
6922 int attr;
6924 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after
6925 * resizing). */
6926 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns)
6927 return;
6929 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
6930 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
6931 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1
6932 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
6933 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */
6934 && !cmdmsg_rl
6935 #endif
6938 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
6939 return;
6943 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor.
6945 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)
6946 if (screen_char_attr != 0)
6947 attr = screen_char_attr;
6948 else
6949 #endif
6950 attr = ScreenAttrs[off];
6951 if (screen_attr != attr)
6952 screen_stop_highlight();
6954 windgoto(row, col);
6956 if (screen_attr != attr)
6957 screen_start_highlight(attr);
6959 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6960 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0)
6962 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
6964 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */
6966 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL;
6968 out_str(buf);
6969 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1)
6970 ++screen_cur_col;
6972 else
6973 #endif
6975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6976 out_flush_check();
6977 #endif
6978 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
6979 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6980 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */
6981 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
6982 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
6983 #endif
6986 screen_cur_col++;
6989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
6992 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"]
6993 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'.
6994 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to
6995 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between.
6997 static void
6998 screen_char_2(off, row, col)
6999 unsigned off;
7000 int row;
7001 int col;
7003 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */
7004 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns))
7005 return;
7007 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen.
7008 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */
7009 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2)
7011 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1;
7012 return;
7015 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the
7016 * second byte directly. */
7017 screen_char(off, row, col);
7018 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]);
7019 ++screen_cur_col;
7021 #endif
7023 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO)
7025 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE.
7026 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it.
7028 void
7029 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert)
7030 int row;
7031 int col;
7032 int height;
7033 int width;
7034 int invert;
7036 int r, c;
7037 int off;
7038 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7039 int max_off;
7040 #endif
7042 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7043 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7044 return;
7046 if (invert)
7047 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE;
7048 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r)
7050 off = LineOffset[r];
7051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7052 max_off = off + screen_Columns;
7053 #endif
7054 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c)
7056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7057 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7059 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c);
7060 ++c;
7062 else
7063 #endif
7065 screen_char(off + c, r, c);
7066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7067 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1)
7068 ++c;
7069 #endif
7073 screen_char_attr = 0;
7075 #endif
7077 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7079 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window.
7081 static void
7082 redraw_block(row, end, wp)
7083 int row;
7084 int end;
7085 win_T *wp;
7087 int col;
7088 int width;
7090 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7091 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1);
7092 # endif
7094 if (wp == NULL)
7096 col = 0;
7097 width = Columns;
7099 else
7101 col = wp->w_wincol;
7102 width = wp->w_width;
7104 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE);
7106 #endif
7109 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col'
7110 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns.
7111 * Use attributes 'attr'.
7113 void
7114 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr)
7115 int start_row, end_row;
7116 int start_col, end_col;
7117 int c1, c2;
7118 int attr;
7120 int row;
7121 int col;
7122 int off;
7123 int end_off;
7124 int did_delete;
7125 int c;
7126 int norm_term;
7127 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7128 int force_next = FALSE;
7129 #endif
7131 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */
7132 end_row = screen_Rows;
7133 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */
7134 end_col = screen_Columns;
7135 if (ScreenLines == NULL
7136 || start_row >= end_row
7137 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */
7138 return;
7140 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */
7141 norm_term = (
7142 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7143 !gui.in_use &&
7144 #endif
7145 t_colors <= 1);
7146 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row)
7148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7149 if (has_mbyte
7150 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7151 && !gui.in_use
7152 # endif
7155 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear
7156 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a
7157 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a
7158 * terminal. */
7159 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col)
7160 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0);
7161 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col)
7162 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0);
7164 #endif
7166 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a
7167 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a
7168 * space.
7170 did_delete = FALSE;
7171 if (c2 == ' '
7172 && end_col == Columns
7173 && can_clear(T_CE)
7174 && (attr == 0
7175 || (norm_term
7176 && attr <= HL_ALL
7177 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0))))
7180 * check if we really need to clear something
7182 col = start_col;
7183 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */
7184 ++col;
7186 off = LineOffset[row] + col;
7187 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col;
7189 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */
7190 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7191 if (enc_utf8)
7192 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7193 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0)
7194 ++off;
7195 else
7196 #endif
7197 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' '
7198 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0)
7199 ++off;
7200 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */
7202 col = off - LineOffset[row];
7203 screen_stop_highlight();
7204 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */
7205 out_str(T_CE);
7206 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7207 col = end_col - col;
7208 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */
7210 ScreenLines[off] = ' ';
7211 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7212 if (enc_utf8)
7213 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7214 #endif
7215 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0;
7216 ++off;
7219 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */
7222 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col;
7223 c = c1;
7224 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col)
7226 if (ScreenLines[off] != c
7227 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7228 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off]
7229 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0))
7230 #endif
7231 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr
7232 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7233 || force_next
7234 #endif
7237 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX)
7238 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in
7239 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the
7240 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our
7241 * own GUI and for some xterms. */
7242 if (
7243 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
7244 gui.in_use
7245 # endif
7246 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX)
7248 # endif
7249 # ifdef UNIX
7250 term_is_xterm
7251 # endif
7254 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' '
7255 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL
7256 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD))
7257 force_next = TRUE;
7258 else
7259 force_next = FALSE;
7261 #endif
7262 ScreenLines[off] = c;
7263 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7264 if (enc_utf8)
7266 if (c >= 0x80)
7268 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c;
7269 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0;
7271 else
7272 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0;
7274 #endif
7275 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr;
7276 if (!did_delete || c != ' ')
7277 screen_char(off, row, col);
7279 ++off;
7280 if (col == start_col)
7282 if (did_delete)
7283 break;
7284 c = c2;
7287 if (end_col == Columns)
7288 LineWraps[row] = FALSE;
7289 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */
7291 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7292 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ')
7293 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */
7294 if (start_col == 0)
7295 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */
7301 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the
7302 * screen or the command line.
7304 void
7305 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll)
7306 int check_msg_scroll;
7308 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll))
7309 && !did_wait_return
7310 && emsg_silent == 0)
7312 out_flush();
7313 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE);
7314 emsg_on_display = FALSE;
7315 if (check_msg_scroll)
7316 msg_scroll = FALSE;
7321 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed
7322 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized.
7323 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to.
7324 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet.
7327 screen_valid(clear)
7328 int clear;
7330 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7331 return (ScreenLines != NULL);
7335 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns.
7336 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items.
7338 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating
7339 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing
7340 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items
7341 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the
7342 * final size of the shell is needed.
7344 void
7345 screenalloc(clear)
7346 int clear;
7348 int new_row, old_row;
7349 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7350 int old_Rows;
7351 #endif
7352 win_T *wp;
7353 int outofmem = FALSE;
7354 int len;
7355 schar_T *new_ScreenLines;
7356 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7357 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7358 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO];
7359 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7360 int i;
7361 #endif
7362 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs;
7363 unsigned *new_LineOffset;
7364 char_u *new_LineWraps;
7365 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7366 short *new_TabPageIdxs;
7367 tabpage_T *tp;
7368 #endif
7369 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */
7370 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */
7371 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7372 int retry_count = 0;
7374 retry:
7375 #endif
7377 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and
7378 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full
7379 * screen stuff.
7381 if ((ScreenLines != NULL
7382 && Rows == screen_Rows
7383 && Columns == screen_Columns
7384 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7385 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL)
7386 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7387 && p_mco == Screen_mco
7388 #endif
7390 || Rows == 0
7391 || Columns == 0
7392 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL))
7393 return;
7396 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which
7397 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just
7398 * return here.
7400 if (entered)
7401 return;
7402 entered = TRUE;
7405 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays,
7406 * thus we must not redraw here!
7408 ++RedrawingDisabled;
7410 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */
7412 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */
7415 * We're changing the size of the screen.
7416 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs.
7417 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra
7418 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared).
7419 * - Free the old arrays.
7421 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything!
7422 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the
7423 * size is wrong.
7425 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7426 win_free_lsize(wp);
7428 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7429 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7431 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * MAX_MCO);
7432 if (enc_utf8)
7434 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7435 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7436 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7437 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7438 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE);
7440 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7441 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7442 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE);
7443 #endif
7444 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)(
7445 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE);
7446 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)(
7447 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE);
7448 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE);
7449 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7450 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE);
7451 #endif
7453 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
7455 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL)
7457 outofmem = TRUE;
7458 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7459 goto give_up;
7460 #endif
7463 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7464 give_up:
7465 #endif
7467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7468 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7469 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL)
7470 break;
7471 #endif
7472 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL
7473 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7474 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco))
7475 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL)
7476 #endif
7477 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL
7478 || new_LineOffset == NULL
7479 || new_LineWraps == NULL
7480 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7481 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL
7482 #endif
7483 || outofmem)
7485 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg)
7487 /* guess the size */
7488 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns));
7490 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over
7491 * and over again. */
7492 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
7494 vim_free(new_ScreenLines);
7495 new_ScreenLines = NULL;
7496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7497 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC);
7498 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL;
7499 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7501 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]);
7502 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL;
7504 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2);
7505 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL;
7506 #endif
7507 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs);
7508 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL;
7509 vim_free(new_LineOffset);
7510 new_LineOffset = NULL;
7511 vim_free(new_LineWraps);
7512 new_LineWraps = NULL;
7513 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7514 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs);
7515 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL;
7516 #endif
7518 else
7520 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE;
7522 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row)
7524 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns;
7525 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE;
7528 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as
7529 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest
7530 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when
7531 * executing an external command, for the GUI).
7533 if (!clear)
7535 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns,
7536 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7537 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7538 if (enc_utf8)
7540 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns,
7541 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7542 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7543 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7544 + new_row * Columns,
7545 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T));
7547 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7548 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns,
7549 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T));
7550 #endif
7551 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns,
7552 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T));
7553 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows);
7554 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL)
7556 if (screen_Columns < Columns)
7557 len = screen_Columns;
7558 else
7559 len = Columns;
7560 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7561 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they
7562 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */
7563 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL)
7564 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7565 #endif
7566 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7567 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row],
7568 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7570 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL
7571 && p_mco == Screen_mco)
7573 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7574 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row],
7575 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7576 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7577 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i]
7578 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7579 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row],
7580 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T));
7582 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL)
7583 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7584 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row],
7585 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T));
7586 #endif
7587 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row],
7588 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row],
7589 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T));
7593 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */
7594 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns;
7597 free_screenlines();
7599 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines;
7600 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7601 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC;
7602 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7603 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i];
7604 Screen_mco = p_mco;
7605 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2;
7606 #endif
7607 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs;
7608 LineOffset = new_LineOffset;
7609 LineWraps = new_LineWraps;
7610 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7611 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs;
7612 #endif
7614 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual
7615 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */
7616 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7617 old_Rows = screen_Rows;
7618 #endif
7619 screen_Rows = Rows;
7620 screen_Columns = Columns;
7622 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */
7623 if (clear)
7624 screenclear2();
7626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7627 else if (gui.in_use
7628 && !gui.starting
7629 && ScreenLines != NULL
7630 && old_Rows != Rows)
7632 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0);
7634 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external
7635 * command.
7637 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */
7638 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */
7639 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */
7640 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */
7641 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */
7642 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */
7644 #endif
7646 entered = FALSE;
7647 --RedrawingDisabled;
7649 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
7651 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop
7652 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns.
7654 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3)
7656 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
7657 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns,
7658 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */
7659 goto retry;
7661 #endif
7664 void
7665 free_screenlines()
7667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7668 int i;
7670 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC);
7671 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i)
7672 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]);
7673 vim_free(ScreenLines2);
7674 #endif
7675 vim_free(ScreenLines);
7676 vim_free(ScreenAttrs);
7677 vim_free(LineOffset);
7678 vim_free(LineWraps);
7679 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7680 vim_free(TabPageIdxs);
7681 #endif
7684 void
7685 screenclear()
7687 check_for_delay(FALSE);
7688 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */
7689 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */
7692 static void
7693 screenclear2()
7695 int i;
7697 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL
7698 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7699 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting)
7700 #endif
7702 return;
7704 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7705 if (!gui.in_use)
7706 #endif
7707 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */
7708 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */
7710 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
7711 /* disable selection without redrawing it */
7712 clip_scroll_selection(9999);
7713 #endif
7715 /* blank out ScreenLines */
7716 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7718 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7719 LineWraps[i] = FALSE;
7722 if (can_clear(T_CL))
7724 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */
7725 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
7726 mode_displayed = FALSE;
7728 else
7730 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */
7731 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i)
7732 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns);
7733 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
7736 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */
7738 win_rest_invalid(firstwin);
7739 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
7740 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
7741 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
7742 #endif
7743 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */
7744 must_redraw = NOT_VALID;
7745 compute_cmdrow();
7746 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */
7747 msg_col = 0;
7748 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
7749 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */
7750 msg_didany = FALSE;
7751 msg_didout = FALSE;
7755 * Clear one line in ScreenLines.
7757 static void
7758 lineclear(off, width)
7759 unsigned off;
7760 int width;
7762 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T));
7763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7764 if (enc_utf8)
7765 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0,
7766 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7767 #endif
7768 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7772 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an
7773 * invalid value.
7775 static void
7776 lineinvalid(off, width)
7777 unsigned off;
7778 int width;
7780 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7783 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
7785 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp".
7787 static void
7788 linecopy(to, from, wp)
7789 int to;
7790 int from;
7791 win_T *wp;
7793 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol;
7794 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol;
7796 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from,
7797 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7798 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7799 if (enc_utf8)
7801 int i;
7803 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from,
7804 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7805 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i)
7806 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from,
7807 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T));
7809 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU)
7810 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from,
7811 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T));
7812 # endif
7813 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from,
7814 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T));
7816 #endif
7819 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work.
7820 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background.
7823 can_clear(p)
7824 char_u *p;
7826 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1
7827 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
7828 || gui.in_use
7829 #endif
7830 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL));
7834 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting
7835 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control
7836 * code.
7838 void
7839 screen_start()
7841 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999;
7845 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen.
7846 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of
7847 * characters sent to the terminal.
7849 void
7850 windgoto(row, col)
7851 int row;
7852 int col;
7854 sattr_T *p;
7855 int i;
7856 int plan;
7857 int cost;
7858 int wouldbe_col;
7859 int noinvcurs;
7860 char_u *bs;
7861 int goto_cost;
7862 int attr;
7864 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */
7865 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */
7867 #define PLAN_LE 1
7868 #define PLAN_CR 2
7869 #define PLAN_NL 3
7870 #define PLAN_WRITE 4
7871 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */
7872 if (ScreenLines == NULL)
7873 return;
7875 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row)
7877 /* Check for valid position. */
7878 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */
7879 row = 0;
7880 if (row >= screen_Rows)
7881 row = screen_Rows - 1;
7882 if (col >= screen_Columns)
7883 col = screen_Columns - 1;
7885 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */
7886 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL)
7887 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST;
7888 else
7889 noinvcurs = 0;
7890 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs;
7893 * Plan how to do the positioning:
7894 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row.
7895 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left.
7896 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0.
7897 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars.
7899 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor
7900 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't )
7902 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write
7903 * characters to move the cursor to the right.
7905 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns)
7908 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR
7909 * or T_LE.
7911 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */
7912 attr = screen_attr;
7913 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col)
7915 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */
7916 if (*T_LE)
7917 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */
7918 else
7919 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */
7920 if (*bs)
7921 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs);
7922 else
7923 cost = 999;
7924 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */
7926 plan = PLAN_CR;
7927 wouldbe_col = 0;
7928 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */
7930 else
7932 plan = PLAN_LE;
7933 wouldbe_col = col;
7935 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7937 cost += noinvcurs;
7938 attr = 0;
7943 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF.
7945 else if (row > screen_cur_row)
7947 plan = PLAN_NL;
7948 wouldbe_col = 0;
7949 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */
7950 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */
7952 cost += noinvcurs;
7953 attr = 0;
7958 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write.
7960 else
7962 plan = PLAN_WRITE;
7963 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col;
7964 cost = 0;
7968 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the
7969 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters.
7971 i = col - wouldbe_col;
7972 if (i > 0)
7973 cost += i;
7974 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0)
7977 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally
7978 * stopping highlighting.
7980 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col;
7981 while (i && *p++ == attr)
7982 --i;
7983 if (i != 0)
7986 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here.
7988 if (*--p == 0)
7990 cost += noinvcurs;
7991 while (i && *p++ == 0)
7992 --i;
7994 if (i != 0)
7995 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */
7997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
7998 if (enc_utf8)
8000 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */
8001 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i)
8002 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0)
8004 cost = 999;
8005 break;
8008 #endif
8012 * We can do it without term_windgoto()!
8014 if (cost < goto_cost)
8016 if (plan == PLAN_LE)
8018 if (noinvcurs)
8019 screen_stop_highlight();
8020 while (screen_cur_col > col)
8022 out_str(bs);
8023 --screen_cur_col;
8026 else if (plan == PLAN_CR)
8028 if (noinvcurs)
8029 screen_stop_highlight();
8030 out_char('\r');
8031 screen_cur_col = 0;
8033 else if (plan == PLAN_NL)
8035 if (noinvcurs)
8036 screen_stop_highlight();
8037 while (screen_cur_row < row)
8039 out_char('\n');
8040 ++screen_cur_row;
8042 screen_cur_col = 0;
8045 i = col - screen_cur_col;
8046 if (i > 0)
8049 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids
8050 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when
8051 * using the bold trick in the GUI.
8053 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL)
8055 while (i-- > 0)
8056 out_char(*T_ND);
8058 else
8060 int off;
8062 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col;
8063 while (i-- > 0)
8065 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr)
8066 screen_stop_highlight();
8067 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8068 out_flush_check();
8069 #endif
8070 out_char(ScreenLines[off]);
8071 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8072 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU
8073 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e)
8074 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]);
8075 #endif
8076 ++off;
8082 else
8083 cost = 999;
8085 if (cost >= goto_cost)
8087 if (noinvcurs)
8088 screen_stop_highlight();
8089 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) &&
8090 *T_CRI != NUL)
8091 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col);
8092 else
8093 term_windgoto(row, col);
8095 screen_cur_row = row;
8096 screen_cur_col = col;
8101 * Set cursor to its position in the current window.
8103 void
8104 setcursor()
8106 if (redrawing())
8108 validate_cursor();
8109 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow,
8110 W_WINCOL(curwin) + (
8111 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8112 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide
8113 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */
8114 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - (
8115 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8116 (has_mbyte
8117 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2
8118 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 :
8119 # endif
8120 1)) :
8121 #endif
8122 curwin->w_wcol));
8128 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp'
8129 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated.
8130 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8131 * scrolling.
8132 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success.
8135 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8136 win_T *wp;
8137 int row;
8138 int line_count;
8139 int invalid;
8140 int mayclear;
8142 int did_delete;
8143 int nextrow;
8144 int lastrow;
8145 int retval;
8147 if (invalid)
8148 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8150 if (wp->w_height < 5)
8151 return FAIL;
8153 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8154 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8156 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE);
8157 if (retval != MAYBE)
8158 return retval;
8161 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the
8162 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window.
8163 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid
8164 * messing up those windows, better just redraw.
8166 did_delete = FALSE;
8167 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8168 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height)
8170 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8171 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK)
8172 did_delete = TRUE;
8173 else if (wp->w_next)
8174 return FAIL;
8176 #endif
8178 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window
8180 if (!did_delete)
8182 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8183 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8184 #endif
8185 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8186 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp);
8187 lastrow = nextrow + line_count;
8188 if (lastrow > Rows)
8189 lastrow = Rows;
8190 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count,
8191 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8192 ' ', ' ', 0);
8195 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL)
8196 == FAIL)
8198 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */
8199 if (did_delete)
8201 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8202 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8203 #endif
8204 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp));
8206 return FAIL;
8209 return OK;
8213 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp"
8214 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated.
8215 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than
8216 * scrolling
8217 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8220 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear)
8221 win_T *wp;
8222 int row;
8223 int line_count;
8224 int invalid;
8225 int mayclear;
8227 int retval;
8229 if (invalid)
8230 wp->w_lines_valid = 0;
8232 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row)
8233 line_count = wp->w_height - row;
8235 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE);
8236 if (retval != MAYBE)
8237 return retval;
8239 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count,
8240 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL)
8241 return FAIL;
8243 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8245 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the
8246 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn.
8248 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8250 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count,
8251 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL)
8253 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8254 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next);
8258 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the
8259 * command line later.
8261 else
8262 #endif
8263 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8264 return OK;
8268 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines().
8269 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done.
8270 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet.
8272 static int
8273 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del)
8274 win_T *wp;
8275 int row;
8276 int line_count;
8277 int mayclear;
8278 int del;
8280 int retval;
8282 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0)
8283 return FAIL;
8285 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */
8286 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5
8287 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8288 && wp->w_width == Columns
8289 #endif
8292 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */
8293 return FAIL;
8297 * Delete all remaining lines
8299 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height)
8301 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height,
8302 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp),
8303 ' ', ' ', 0);
8304 return OK;
8308 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared,
8309 * otherwise it will stay there forever.
8311 clear_cmdline = TRUE;
8314 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that.
8315 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from
8316 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using
8317 * win_line().
8318 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing
8319 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a
8320 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version.
8322 if (scroll_region
8323 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8324 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns
8325 #endif
8328 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8329 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8330 #endif
8331 scroll_region_set(wp, row);
8332 if (del)
8333 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8334 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp);
8335 else
8336 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count,
8337 wp->w_height - row, wp);
8338 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8339 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL))
8340 #endif
8341 scroll_region_reset();
8342 return retval;
8345 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8346 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */
8347 return FAIL;
8348 #endif
8350 return MAYBE;
8354 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw
8356 static void
8357 win_rest_invalid(wp)
8358 win_T *wp;
8360 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8361 while (wp != NULL)
8362 #else
8363 if (wp != NULL)
8364 #endif
8366 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID);
8367 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
8368 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
8369 wp = wp->w_next;
8370 #endif
8372 redraw_cmdline = TRUE;
8376 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The
8377 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding
8378 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor
8379 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen.
8380 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually
8381 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate
8382 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works.
8386 * types for inserting or deleting lines
8388 #define USE_T_CAL 1
8389 #define USE_T_CDL 2
8390 #define USE_T_AL 3
8391 #define USE_T_CE 4
8392 #define USE_T_DL 5
8393 #define USE_T_SR 6
8394 #define USE_NL 7
8395 #define USE_T_CD 8
8396 #define USE_REDRAW 9
8399 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8400 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8401 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8402 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8404 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success.
8407 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp)
8408 int off;
8409 int row;
8410 int line_count;
8411 int end;
8412 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8414 int i;
8415 int j;
8416 unsigned temp;
8417 int cursor_row;
8418 int type;
8419 int result_empty;
8420 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE);
8423 * FAIL if
8424 * - there is no valid screen
8425 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8426 * - the line count is less than one
8427 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8429 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll)
8430 return FAIL;
8433 * There are seven ways to insert lines:
8434 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8435 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8436 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of
8437 * the insert is just empty lines
8438 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not
8439 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts
8440 * at once.
8441 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the
8442 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count >
8443 * 1.
8444 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists.
8445 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8446 * just empty lines.
8447 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is
8448 * just empty lines.
8449 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and
8450 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability.
8451 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8453 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves
8454 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it
8455 * exists.
8457 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end);
8458 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8459 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8460 type = USE_REDRAW;
8461 else
8462 #endif
8463 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8464 type = USE_T_CD;
8465 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL))
8466 type = USE_T_CAL;
8467 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce))
8468 type = USE_T_CDL;
8469 else if (*T_AL != NUL)
8470 type = USE_T_AL;
8471 else if (can_ce && result_empty)
8472 type = USE_T_CE;
8473 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty)
8474 type = USE_T_DL;
8475 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce))
8476 type = USE_T_SR;
8477 else
8478 return FAIL;
8481 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take
8482 * care of t_db if necessary.
8484 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL ||
8485 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL)
8486 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8489 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many
8490 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that
8491 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines.
8493 if (*T_DB)
8494 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp);
8496 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8497 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen
8498 * or not the full width of the screen. */
8499 if (off + row > 0
8500 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8501 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8502 # endif
8504 clip_clear_selection();
8505 else
8506 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count);
8507 #endif
8509 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8510 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8511 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8512 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8513 #endif
8515 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8516 cursor_row = row;
8517 else
8518 cursor_row = row + off;
8521 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines.
8522 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8524 row += off;
8525 end += off;
8526 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8528 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8529 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8531 /* need to copy part of a line */
8532 j = end - 1 - i;
8533 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8534 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp);
8535 j += line_count;
8536 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8537 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8538 else
8539 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8540 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8542 else
8543 #endif
8545 j = end - 1 - i;
8546 temp = LineOffset[j];
8547 while ((j -= line_count) >= row)
8549 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8550 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8552 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp;
8553 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE;
8554 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8555 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8556 else
8557 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8561 screen_stop_highlight();
8562 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8564 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8565 /* redraw the characters */
8566 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8567 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8568 else
8569 #endif
8570 if (type == USE_T_CAL)
8572 term_append_lines(line_count);
8573 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8575 else
8577 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++)
8579 if (type == USE_T_AL)
8581 if (i && cursor_row != 0)
8582 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8583 out_str(T_AL);
8585 else /* type == USE_T_SR */
8586 out_str(T_SR);
8587 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8592 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that
8593 * have been scrolled down into the region.
8595 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA)
8597 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8599 windgoto(off + i, 0);
8600 out_str(T_CE);
8601 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8605 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8606 gui_can_update_cursor();
8607 if (gui.in_use)
8608 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8609 #endif
8610 return OK;
8614 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]
8615 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows.
8616 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region.
8617 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region.
8619 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted.
8621 /*ARGSUSED*/
8623 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp)
8624 int off;
8625 int row;
8626 int line_count;
8627 int end;
8628 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */
8629 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */
8631 int j;
8632 int i;
8633 unsigned temp;
8634 int cursor_row;
8635 int cursor_end;
8636 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */
8637 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */
8638 int type;
8641 * FAIL if
8642 * - there is no valid screen
8643 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely
8644 * - the line count is less than one
8645 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll'
8647 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 ||
8648 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll))
8649 return FAIL;
8652 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty.
8654 result_empty = row + line_count >= end;
8657 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option
8658 * available.
8660 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE));
8663 * There are six ways to delete lines:
8664 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the
8665 * characters from ScreenLines[].
8666 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty.
8667 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist.
8668 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or
8669 * none of the other ways work.
8670 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty.
8671 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists.
8672 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[].
8674 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8675 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL)
8676 type = USE_REDRAW;
8677 else
8678 #endif
8679 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty)
8680 type = USE_T_CD;
8681 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8)
8683 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in
8684 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB !=
8685 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_*
8686 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do
8687 * the trick...
8688 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release.
8689 * (Olaf Seibert)
8691 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option
8692 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL))
8693 #else
8694 else if (row == 0 && (
8695 #ifndef AMIGA
8696 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll
8697 * up, so use delete-line command */
8698 line_count == 1 ||
8699 #endif
8700 *T_CDL == NUL))
8701 #endif
8702 type = USE_NL;
8703 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete)
8704 type = USE_T_CDL;
8705 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty
8706 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8707 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns)
8708 #endif
8710 type = USE_T_CE;
8711 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete)
8712 type = USE_T_DL;
8713 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete)
8714 type = USE_T_CDL;
8715 else
8716 return FAIL;
8718 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
8719 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or
8720 * not the full width of the screen. */
8721 if (off + row > 0
8722 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8723 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8724 # endif
8726 clip_clear_selection();
8727 else
8728 clip_scroll_selection(line_count);
8729 #endif
8731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8732 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the
8733 * scrolling is actually carried out. */
8734 gui_dont_update_cursor();
8735 #endif
8737 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */
8739 cursor_row = row;
8740 cursor_end = end;
8742 else
8744 cursor_row = row + off;
8745 cursor_end = end + off;
8749 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines.
8750 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[].
8752 row += off;
8753 end += off;
8754 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i)
8756 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8757 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns)
8759 /* need to copy part of a line */
8760 j = row + i;
8761 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8762 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp);
8763 j -= line_count;
8764 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8765 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8766 else
8767 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width);
8768 LineWraps[j] = FALSE;
8770 else
8771 #endif
8773 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */
8774 j = row + i;
8775 temp = LineOffset[j];
8776 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1)
8778 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j];
8779 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j];
8781 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp;
8782 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE;
8783 if (can_clear((char_u *)" "))
8784 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns);
8785 else
8786 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns);
8790 screen_stop_highlight();
8792 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
8793 /* redraw the characters */
8794 if (type == USE_REDRAW)
8795 redraw_block(row, end, wp);
8796 else
8797 #endif
8798 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */
8800 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8801 out_str(T_CD);
8802 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8804 else if (type == USE_T_CDL)
8806 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8807 term_delete_lines(line_count);
8808 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8811 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll
8812 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the
8813 * last line.
8815 else if (type == USE_NL)
8817 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0);
8818 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8819 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */
8821 else
8823 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; )
8825 if (type == USE_T_DL)
8827 windgoto(cursor_row, 0);
8828 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */
8830 else /* type == USE_T_CE */
8832 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0);
8833 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8835 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8840 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been
8841 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region.
8843 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL))
8845 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i)
8847 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0);
8848 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */
8849 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8853 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
8854 gui_can_update_cursor();
8855 if (gui.in_use)
8856 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */
8857 #endif
8859 return OK;
8863 * show the current mode and ruler
8865 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline.
8866 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be
8867 * cleared only if a mode is shown.
8868 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message).
8871 showmode()
8873 int need_clear;
8874 int length = 0;
8875 int do_mode;
8876 int attr;
8877 int nwr_save;
8878 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8879 int sub_attr;
8880 #endif
8882 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
8883 && ((State & INSERT)
8884 || restart_edit
8885 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
8886 || VIsual_active
8887 #endif
8889 if (do_mode || Recording)
8892 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping.
8893 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because
8894 * it takes a bit of time.
8896 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0)
8898 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */
8899 return 0;
8902 nwr_save = need_wait_return;
8904 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */
8905 check_for_delay(FALSE);
8907 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */
8908 need_clear = clear_cmdline;
8909 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1)
8910 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */
8912 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */
8913 msg_pos_mode();
8914 cursor_off();
8915 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */
8916 if (do_mode)
8918 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr);
8919 #if defined(FEAT_XIM)
8920 # if 0 /* old version, changed by SungHyun Nam July 2008 */
8921 if (xic != NULL && im_get_status() && !p_imdisable
8922 && curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM)
8923 # else
8924 if (
8925 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2
8926 preedit_get_status()
8927 # else
8928 im_get_status()
8929 # endif
8931 # endif
8932 # ifdef HAVE_GTK2 /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */
8933 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr);
8934 # else
8935 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr);
8936 # endif
8937 #endif
8938 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI)
8939 if (gui.in_use)
8941 if (hangul_input_state_get())
8942 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */
8944 #endif
8945 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
8946 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */
8948 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow
8949 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */
8950 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3;
8951 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8952 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra);
8953 if (length > 0)
8955 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8956 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre);
8957 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0)
8959 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL)
8960 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr);
8961 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr);
8963 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
8965 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */
8966 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT)
8967 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl);
8968 else
8969 sub_attr = attr;
8970 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr);
8973 length = 0;
8975 else
8976 #endif
8978 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
8979 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
8980 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr);
8981 else
8982 #endif
8983 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
8984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr);
8985 else if (State & INSERT)
8987 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
8988 if (p_ri)
8989 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr);
8990 #endif
8991 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr);
8993 else if (restart_edit == 'I')
8994 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr);
8995 else if (restart_edit == 'R')
8996 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr);
8997 else if (restart_edit == 'V')
8998 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr);
8999 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
9000 if (p_hkmap)
9001 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr);
9002 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
9003 if (p_fkmap)
9004 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr);
9005 # endif
9006 #endif
9007 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP
9008 if (State & LANGMAP)
9010 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
9011 if (curwin->w_p_arab)
9012 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr);
9013 else
9014 # endif
9015 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr);
9017 #endif
9018 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste)
9019 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr);
9021 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9022 if (VIsual_active)
9024 char *p;
9026 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation
9027 * problems. */
9028 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0)
9029 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2
9030 + (VIsual_mode == 'V'))
9032 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break;
9033 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break;
9034 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break;
9035 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break;
9036 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break;
9037 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break;
9039 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr);
9041 #endif
9042 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr);
9045 need_clear = TRUE;
9047 if (Recording
9048 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9049 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */
9050 #endif
9053 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr);
9054 need_clear = TRUE;
9057 mode_displayed = TRUE;
9058 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline)
9059 msg_clr_eos();
9060 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */
9061 length = msg_col;
9062 msg_col = 0;
9063 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */
9065 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0)
9066 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */
9067 msg_clr_cmdline();
9069 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9070 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
9071 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */
9072 if (VIsual_active)
9073 clear_showcmd();
9074 # endif
9076 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode
9077 * message and must be redrawn */
9078 if (redrawing()
9079 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9080 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0
9081 # endif
9083 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE);
9084 #endif
9085 redraw_cmdline = FALSE;
9086 clear_cmdline = FALSE;
9088 return length;
9092 * Position for a mode message.
9094 static void
9095 msg_pos_mode()
9097 msg_col = 0;
9098 msg_row = Rows - 1;
9102 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end
9103 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!).
9104 * Caller should check "mode_displayed".
9106 void
9107 unshowmode(force)
9108 int force;
9111 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or insided a mapping.
9113 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped))
9114 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */
9115 else
9117 msg_pos_mode();
9118 if (Recording)
9119 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM));
9120 msg_clr_eos();
9124 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9126 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window.
9128 static void
9129 draw_tabline()
9131 int tabcount = 0;
9132 tabpage_T *tp;
9133 int tabwidth;
9134 int col = 0;
9135 int scol = 0;
9136 int attr;
9137 win_T *wp;
9138 win_T *cwp;
9139 int wincount;
9140 int modified;
9141 int c;
9142 int len;
9143 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS);
9144 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP);
9145 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF);
9146 char_u *p;
9147 int room;
9148 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8
9149 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
9150 && !gui.in_use
9151 #endif
9154 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9156 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
9157 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */
9158 if (gui_use_tabline())
9160 gui_update_tabline();
9161 return;
9163 #endif
9165 if (tabline_height() < 1)
9166 return;
9168 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9170 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */
9171 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol)
9172 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0;
9174 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */
9175 if (*p_tal != NUL)
9177 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9179 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the
9180 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */
9181 called_emsg = FALSE;
9182 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE);
9183 if (called_emsg)
9184 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1,
9185 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9186 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9188 else
9189 #endif
9191 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
9192 ++tabcount;
9194 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount;
9195 if (tabwidth < 6)
9196 tabwidth = 6;
9198 attr = attr_nosel;
9199 tabcount = 0;
9200 scol = 0;
9201 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4;
9202 tp = tp->tp_next)
9204 scol = col;
9206 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe)
9207 attr = attr_sel;
9208 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0)
9209 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr);
9211 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe)
9212 attr = attr_nosel;
9214 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9216 if (tp == curtab)
9218 cwp = curwin;
9219 wp = firstwin;
9221 else
9223 cwp = tp->tp_curwin;
9224 wp = tp->tp_firstwin;
9227 modified = FALSE;
9228 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount)
9229 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer))
9230 modified = TRUE;
9231 if (modified || wincount > 1)
9233 if (wincount > 1)
9235 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount);
9236 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
9237 if (col + len >= Columns - 3)
9238 break;
9239 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col,
9240 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
9241 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T))
9242 #else
9243 attr
9244 #endif
9246 col += len;
9248 if (modified)
9249 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr);
9250 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9253 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1;
9254 if (room > 0)
9256 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */
9257 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer);
9258 shorten_dir(NameBuff);
9259 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff);
9260 p = NameBuff;
9261 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9262 if (has_mbyte)
9263 while (len > room)
9265 len -= ptr2cells(p);
9266 mb_ptr_adv(p);
9268 else
9269 #endif
9270 if (len > room)
9272 p += len - room;
9273 len = room;
9275 if (len > Columns - col - 1)
9276 len = Columns - col - 1;
9278 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr);
9279 col += len;
9281 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr);
9283 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that
9284 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */
9285 ++tabcount;
9286 while (scol < col)
9287 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount;
9290 if (use_sep_chars)
9291 c = '_';
9292 else
9293 c = ' ';
9294 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill);
9296 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */
9297 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
9299 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel);
9300 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999;
9304 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be
9305 * set. */
9306 redraw_tabline = FALSE;
9310 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[].
9311 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters.
9313 void
9314 get_trans_bufname(buf)
9315 buf_T *buf;
9317 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL)
9318 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf));
9319 else
9320 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE);
9321 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
9323 #endif
9325 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT)
9327 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr".
9329 static int
9330 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin)
9331 int *attr;
9332 int is_curwin;
9334 int fill;
9335 if (is_curwin)
9337 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S);
9338 fill = fill_stl;
9340 else
9342 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC);
9343 fill = fill_stlnc;
9345 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current
9346 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the
9347 * current window */
9348 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC)
9349 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin)
9350 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc)))
9351 return fill;
9352 if (is_curwin)
9353 return '^';
9354 return '=';
9356 #endif
9358 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9360 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows.
9361 * Get its attributes in "*attr".
9363 static int
9364 fillchar_vsep(attr)
9365 int *attr;
9367 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C);
9368 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ')
9369 return '|';
9370 else
9371 return fill_vert;
9373 #endif
9376 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done.
9379 redrawing()
9381 return (!RedrawingDisabled
9382 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw));
9386 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done.
9389 messaging()
9391 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped));
9395 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places
9396 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed.
9398 void
9399 showruler(always)
9400 int always;
9402 if (!always && !redrawing())
9403 return;
9404 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9405 if (pum_visible())
9407 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9408 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */
9409 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
9410 # endif
9411 return;
9413 #endif
9414 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
9415 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height)
9417 redraw_custum_statusline(curwin);
9419 else
9420 #endif
9421 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9422 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always);
9423 #endif
9425 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
9426 if (need_maketitle
9427 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9428 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON))
9429 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE))
9430 # endif
9432 maketitle();
9433 #endif
9434 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9435 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */
9436 if (redraw_tabline)
9437 draw_tabline();
9438 #endif
9441 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
9442 static void
9443 win_redr_ruler(wp, always)
9444 win_T *wp;
9445 int always;
9447 char_u buffer[70];
9448 int row;
9449 int fillchar;
9450 int attr;
9451 int empty_line = FALSE;
9452 colnr_T virtcol;
9453 int i;
9454 int o;
9455 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9456 int this_ru_col;
9457 int off = 0;
9458 int width = Columns;
9459 # define WITH_OFF(x) x
9460 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x
9461 #else
9462 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0
9463 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns
9464 # define this_ru_col ru_col
9465 #endif
9467 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */
9468 if (!p_ru)
9469 return;
9472 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called
9473 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected.
9475 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count)
9476 return;
9478 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
9479 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite
9480 * the (long) mode message. */
9481 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9482 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0)
9483 # endif
9484 if (edit_submode != NULL)
9485 return;
9486 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */
9487 if (pum_visible())
9488 return;
9489 #endif
9491 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
9492 if (*p_ruf)
9494 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg;
9496 called_emsg = FALSE;
9497 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE);
9498 if (called_emsg)
9499 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1,
9500 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR);
9501 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg;
9502 return;
9504 #endif
9507 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1").
9509 if (!(State & INSERT)
9510 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL)
9511 empty_line = TRUE;
9514 * Only draw the ruler when something changed.
9516 validate_virtcol_win(wp);
9517 if ( redraw_cmdline
9518 || always
9519 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum
9520 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col
9521 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol
9522 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
9523 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd
9524 #endif
9525 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline
9526 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count
9527 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9528 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill
9529 #endif
9530 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty)
9532 cursor_off();
9533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9534 if (wp->w_status_height)
9536 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height;
9537 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin);
9538 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9539 off = W_WINCOL(wp);
9540 width = W_WIDTH(wp);
9541 # endif
9543 else
9544 #endif
9546 row = Rows - 1;
9547 fillchar = ' ';
9548 attr = 0;
9549 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9550 width = Columns;
9551 off = 0;
9552 #endif
9555 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */
9556 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9557 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL)
9559 wp->w_p_list = FALSE;
9560 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL);
9561 wp->w_p_list = TRUE;
9565 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer.
9566 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here.
9568 sprintf((char *)buffer, "%ld,",
9569 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY)
9570 ? 0L
9571 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum));
9572 col_print(buffer + STRLEN(buffer),
9573 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1,
9574 (int)virtcol + 1);
9577 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it.
9578 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the
9579 * screen up on some terminals).
9581 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer);
9582 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1);
9583 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1);
9584 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
9585 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */
9586 #endif
9587 ++o;
9588 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
9589 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width);
9590 if (this_ru_col < 0)
9591 this_ru_col = 0;
9592 #endif
9593 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other
9594 * half for the filename. */
9595 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2)
9596 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2;
9597 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9599 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width))
9601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9602 if (has_mbyte)
9603 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i);
9604 else
9605 #endif
9606 buffer[i++] = fillchar;
9607 ++o;
9609 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i);
9611 /* Truncate at window boundary. */
9612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9613 if (has_mbyte)
9615 o = 0;
9616 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i))
9618 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i);
9619 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9621 buffer[i] = NUL;
9622 break;
9626 else
9627 #endif
9628 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width))
9629 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL;
9631 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr);
9632 i = redraw_cmdline;
9633 screen_fill(row, row + 1,
9634 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer),
9635 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)),
9636 fillchar, fillchar, attr);
9637 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */
9638 redraw_cmdline = i;
9639 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor;
9640 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol;
9641 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line;
9642 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline;
9643 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9644 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
9645 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill;
9646 #endif
9649 #endif
9651 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO)
9653 * Return the width of the 'number' column.
9654 * Caller may need to check if 'number' is set.
9655 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count.
9658 number_width(wp)
9659 win_T *wp;
9661 int n;
9662 linenr_T lnum;
9664 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count;
9665 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count)
9666 return wp->w_nrwidth_width;
9667 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum;
9669 n = 0;
9672 lnum /= 10;
9673 ++n;
9674 } while (lnum > 0);
9676 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */
9677 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1)
9678 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1;
9680 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n;
9681 return n;
9683 #endif